rnccom

UTRAN

Commissioning ManualRadio Network Controller

COM:RNC

A50016-G5000-G213-prelim-7630 ND-57269-707 (E)-prelim

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Trademarks:

All designations used in this document can be trademarks, the use of which by third parties

for their own purposes could violate the rights of their owners.

Copyright (C) Siemens AG / NEC Corporation 2005.

Issued by: Siemens AG, Communications, Hofmannstraße 51, 81359 München, Germany and NEC Corporation, 7-1, Shiba 5-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan

Technical modifications possible. Technical specifications and features are binding only insofar as they are specifically and expressly agreed upon in a written contract.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 1 of 15

Precautions

To prevent potential injury or even death, this manual as well as the alert labels attached to the system, provide various safety precautions. It is imperative that all safety instructions in this manual and the alert labels be completely understood prior to performing any operations and/or maintenance work.

This manual is intended for the operation and maintenance personnel of the RNC system.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

The “Safety Instructions” provides safety instructions for the RNC. For other equipment, refer to the relevant manual of the particular equipment in question.

Definitions of Alert Categories

There are three Alert Categories.

DANGERThis symbol indicates that there is explicit life-threatening danger. Failure to obey this instruction could place you in an imminent danger of death or serious injury.

WARNINGThis symbol indicates an item that potentially endangers your life. Failure to obey this instruction can lead to death or serious injury.

CAUTIONThis symbol indicates an item that could cause bodily injury or damage to property. Failure to obey this instruction could cause injury to you, or damage to the equipment, components, and even the communication network or other property.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 2 of 15

List of Alert Labels

The following lists alert labels attached to the system. Locate the labels and be sure to follow the instructions on them.

(Location)Frame (LSF, TRKF, PRF, etc.)

(Explanation)When you replace a fan, do not touch the fan before the fan blade or motor completely stops. Failure to do so could result in injury.

(Location)Frame (LSF, TRKF, PRF, etc.)

(Explanation)Indicates use of a Class 1 laser product which is harmless to the human body.

(Location)Frames with a metal-meshed shielded tube

(Explanation)Wear rubber or vinyl gloves when touching metal-meshed shielded tube. Touching a metal-meshed shielded tube with bare hands can result in dermatitis.

(Location)Card and frame (LSF, TRKF, PRF, etc.)

(Explanation)All cards must be handled with extreme care as each one contains Electrostatically Sensitive Devices (ESD). The cards and frames are marked with the ESD-label.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 3 of 15

List of Safety Instructions

When you find a safety instruction in this manual, be sure to read the instruction before starting the work.

The safety instructions, especially regarding death or injury, in this manual are listed below, by their alert categories.

• Alert category: Danger

DANGERImportant Notice on Product SafetyDANGER - RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR DEATH - FOLLOW ALL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected to the system must comply with the applicable safety standards.Hazardous voltages are present at the AC power supply lines in this electrical equipment. Some components may also have high operating temperatures.Failure to observe and follow all installation and safety instructions can result in serious personal injury or property damage.Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.

The same text in German:Wichtiger Hinweis zur ProduktsicherheitLEBENSGEFAHR - BEACHTEN SIE ALLE INSTALLATIONSHINWEISE.Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Alle an das System angeschlossenen Geräte müssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfüllen.In diesen Anlagen stehen die Netzversorgungsleitungen unter gefährlicher Spannung. Einige Komponenten können auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.Nichtbeachtung der Installations- und Sicherheitshinweise kann zu schweren Körperverletzungen oder Sachschäden führen.Deshalb darf nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal das System installieren und warten.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 4 of 15

• Alert category: Caution

CAUTIONThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with EN 300386. Its class of conformity is defined in table A30808-X3247-X910-*-7618, which is shipped with each product. This class also corresponds to the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the relevant standards referenced in the manual "Guide to Documentation", may cause harmful interference to radio communications.For system installations it is strictly required to choose all installation sites according to national and local requirements concerning construction rules and static load capacities of buildings and roofs.For all sites, in particular in residential areas it is mandatory to observe all respectively applicable electromagnetic field / force (EMF) limits. Otherwise harmful personal interference is possible.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 5 of 15

• Alert category: Caution (continued)

CAUTIONSafety instructions on the overall work:

• Before performing any operations and maintenance work, make sure that the working environment is safe.

• Before performing any operations and maintenance work, check that the emergency exit are clear in case of an emergency situation.

• Before performing any operation and maintenance work, make sure sufficient safety instructions are given to maintenance personnel.

• Never wear slippers during work.• Take care not to trip over cables, components, or tools during work.

Failure to do so could result injury.• Take care that the shirt sleeves and trousers are not caught in

equipment and/or machines during work. Failure to do so could cause an injury or other accident.

• Do not allow liquid, such as water, on system components or touch the system with wet hands. Moisture in the system can cause an electrical shock or a trouble to the system. If any liquid comes into contact with the system, immediately turn off the power of the affected components, and request repairs.

• Do not rework or disassemble the system components. An electrical shock, fire or component and/or system failure could occur as aresult.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 6 of 15


CAUTIONSafety instructions concerning handling tools and test equipment:

• Before connecting an electric tool to an AC outlet, be sure to check the voltage (230 V) and frequency usable with the tool. Using an electric tool with the wrong voltage or frequency can result in an electrical shock or other accident.

• When using an electric tool, be sure to connect a ground wire to it. Using an electric tool without connecting it to the ground can lead to an electrical shock.

• When an electric tool is being not used, be sure to unplug the power cable from the AC outlet. Failure to do so could cause an electrical shock or other accident.

• When using a crimping tool, be careful not to get your fingers caughtin the jaws of the tool.

• When using any electric tool or crimping tool, be sure to observe the instructions given in the relevant instruction manuals.

Safety instructions on handling cards:• Wear thin cotton gloves when handling cards. Working with bare

hands can lead to an injury or accident.• Follow all instructions for handling the card being tested, the test

instrument, cables and all other components properly in accordance with the instructions given in the relevant manuals.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 7 of 15


CAUTIONSafety instructions on high voltage and high current:

• Persons other than the maintenance personnel must not touch the Direct Current Power Distribution Board (DC-PDB). The DC-PDB carries high voltage and current. Touching it could result in an electrical shock or other accident.

• Do not touch those parts of the RNC that contain components with high voltage or current. Inadvertent contact with any of these components can cause injury, death, and/or damage to the system.

• Be sure to provide grounding where required. Failure to do so can result in system failure or electrical shock, especially if caused by the lightning.

• When measuring voltage or current, take adequate insulating measures, such as covering or winding the unnecessary parts of the measuring terminal and tools with insulating tape. Allowing the measuring terminal to touch another terminal, or a short-circuit caused by a tool, could result in an electrical shock or other accident.

• Operate the test equipment and the Call Simulation Equipment (CSE) on the specified voltage (230 V system). Operating them at an inadequate voltage can cause a fire.

• Before making a connection with the DC-PDB, ensure that the power to the main circuit breaker is OFF. Making a connection with the DC-PDB when the power is ON can result in an electrical shock or other accident.

• Before making a cable connection, be sure to turn OFF the switch on the power distribution board. Otherwise, an electrical shock or other accident could occur.

• Before making a cable connection, confirm the electric polarity is correct. If the cable is connected with the wrong polarity, an electrical shock or other accident could occur.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 8 of 15


CAUTIONSafety instructions when working up high or on a step ladder:

• When working on a cable rack or running cables while on a step or other ladder, watch your footings and be careful not to fall. Failure to take proper precautions could result in injury or other problems.

• When working on a cable rack or running cables up high, be careful not to drop any tools or components. Dropping a tool or a component can injure personnel, or cause problems to the system.

Safety instructions on rotating parts:• Do not touch rotating parts, such as fans, and do not remove the

guard while they are still rotating. Touching these rotating parts while they are still in motion rotating could result in an injury or other accident.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 9 of 15

PRECAUTIONS FOR NORMAL SYSTEM OPERATION

The “Precautions for Normal System Operation” provides precautions against potential problems that could occur to the system. In order to maintain normal operation of the system, particular attentionmust be paid to each precaution prior to and during any operation and/or maintenance work.

Site Consideration

To maintain normal system operation, your site must always meet the requirements listed below.

(1) Temperature and humidity

• Make sure that the temperature and humidity levels are within the acceptable range: the temperature must be between 5 and 40°C and the humidity 20 and 80% (There must be no condensation).

• Make sure that the site is not exposed to liquid such as water and oil.

• Make sure that the site is not exposed to direct sunlight nor placed near a flame or heating appliance like a stove.

(2) DustTo prevent a short circuit due to dust buildup, make sure that the site is kept clean and dust free.

(3) VibrationSince the system components are precision-engineered equipment and devices, make sure that the site is not subject to vibration.

(4) Heat dissipationProper air circulation is necessary to prevent the temperature from rising inside the system.Make sure that the vents of the system components are always kept clear.

(5) Static electricityBe sure to connect your wrist strap to a proper ground such as an ESD terminal.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 10 of 15

List of Precautions

The precautions are listed by the following working situations:

• When Operating the System

• When Handling Cards

• When Handling the Power Supply

• When Handling Parts and Components

When Operating The System

• Keep the doors of the machine room closed during work. In a room with high humidity, vapor can condense on cards and modules in the RNC, which can lead to a short-circuit or fire. Excessive dust can also cause a short-circuit or fire.

• If using air-conditioning, prevent water from the ceiling or the refrigerant pipes from dripping on cards and modules in the RNC. If any component in the system becomes wet, this could result in a short-circuit or fire.

• Keep the humidity in the machine room within the range of 20 to 80%, with no condensation.

• Do not leave foreign objects such as screws, wires, or pieces of metal inside the frames or modules, Main Distribution Frame (MDF) or terminal devices of the RNC. Such foreign objects can damage the equipment or cause a short-circuit, subsequently resulting in a malfunction of the RNC or other problem.

• Wear antistatic shoes during the operation and maintenance work.

• Clean the filter on the fan at least every six months. If the filter is not kept properly cleaned, a short-circuit or fire can occur.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 11 of 15

When Handling Cards

• ESD labels are located on both front and rear doorknobs of a frame.

• All cards are equipped with ESD-labels.

Front Rear

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 12 of 15

• When inserting or removing a card from the system components, always wear thin cotton gloves and a grounded wrist strap to prevent static electricity. Electrostatic charge can damage the internal parts.

• Connect the wrist strap to the earth bonding point of a frame.

Wear a pair of thin cotton gloves.

Wear a grounded wrist strap.

To Earth Bonding Point

wrist strap

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 13 of 15

• Make sure that the switches and short plugs on the spare card are in the same position as those on the card to be replaced.

• Make sure the direction (top and bottom) of the spare card is correct. Do not force the card into the slot. Forcibly inserting a card in a wrong direction can damage it.

0 1 2 3

ON

OFF

DIP switches

Rotary switch

Short plugs

Right Wrong

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 14 of 15

• Do not bend or twist the card. Bending or twisting the card can damage it and result in a malfunction.

• If a card is marked with a “!” label, be sure to turn off the power switch of the card before removing it.

When Handling The Power Supply

• The system components are kept in operation with the power supply turned on at all times.Make sure that no personnel except the system administrator is allowed to operate the power switch. If the power supply is interrupted, communications will be disrupted, and any unsaved data will be lost.

• Never turn the power switch of a card on and off, or insert or remove a fuse unless absolutely necessary. Be careful not to abruptly turn the power supply on and off.

• Normal operation of the system is not guaranteed when the input voltage is out of the prescribed range. The system operation is not guaranteed even when the voltage returns to anormal level once it has gone out of the range. In this case, it will be necessary to reset the system.

When Handling Parts and Components

• Never swing a cable. Never forcibly wind a cable. Swinging or forcibly winding a cable can break the cable or damage its connector.

• Never wind an optical cable to form a loop with a diameter of 100 mm or less. To do so could break the optical cable.

• When making a connection with a cable conductor, be careful not to place the conductor in contact with another cable conductor. A short-circuit could result in a fire or other damage.

• Never remove the cap from an optical connector, except when attaching the connector. If an optical connector is damaged or contaminated with dust, this will disrupt communications.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

Precautions

PL 15 of 15

• Never step on a battery. Stepping on a battery can cause the battery to leak.

• Use tools and components such as batteries and cables correctly, in accordance with the instructions given in the relevant manuals.

DISPOSAL OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

All electrical and electronic products should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities.

The correct disposal and separate collection of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. It is a precondition for reuse and recycling of used electrical and electronic equipment.

For more detailed information about disposal of your old appliance, please contact your sales representative.

The statements quoted above are only fully valid for equipment which is installed in the countries of the European Union and is covered by the directive 2002/96/EC.

Countries outside the European Union may have other regulations regarding the disposal of electrical and electronic equipment.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01 Preface

PR 1 of 2

Preface

This document is prepared as a standard edition that may include descriptions not applying to your system.

PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL

This document describes the commissioning test procedure of the Radio Network Controller (RNC) that controls the radio base station(s) called Node B in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA) system.

Strictly speaking, the RNC has two types - a current RNC (cRNC) and an enhanced RNC (eRNC). However, this document treats them as one except the description of a message dedicate to the eRNC.

This document is intended to be used by personnel responsible for providing installation and test of the RNC. This manual is not a tutorial and does not contain system operation or maintenance information. Since problems encountered during testing will vary according to the customer installation, appropriate actions, including troubleshooting, should be taken by referring to the associated manuals.

MANUAL CONFIGURATION

This document comprises the following sections:

GENERALOutlines the commissioning test and defines the position in the whole installation process.

PREPARATION BEFORE TESTDescribes preparation before test.

CHECK LISTGives check lists used for preparation before test.

TASK LISTLists all procedures described in this manual.

PREPARATORY TESTDescribes procedures for preparatory tests.

SYSTEM SETUPDescribes procedures for system setup.

ALARM TESTDescribes procedures for alarm tests.

DIAGNOSTIC TESTDescribes procedures for diagnostic tests.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01 Preface

PR 2 of 2

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION TESTDescribes procedures for system configuration tests.

SYSTEM RESTART TESTDescribes procedures for system restart tests.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Each test includes confirmation procedures with [ ] that may be used for checking if necessary.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

DA 1 of 1

Reason for Update

Summary:

Preliminary edition

Details:

Issue History:

Chapter/Section Reason for Update

All Preliminary edition

Issue Number

Date of issue Reason for Update

prelim 10/2005 Preliminary edition

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01 Contents

CL 1 of 4

Contents

(*:REVISION)

TITLE INDEX NUMBER

SECTION 1GENERAL

Outline ............................................................................. INT-091-1020-05(E)-02

SECTION 2PREPARATION BEFORE TEST

Preparation on Site .......................................................... INT-091-2010-05(E)-02

Document Check ............................................................. INT-091-2020-05(E)-02

Stationary Check.............................................................. INT-091-2030-05(E)-02

Software Modification Check ........................................... INT-091-2040-05(E)-02

SECTION 3CHECK LIST

Check List ........................................................................ INT-091-3010-06(E)-01

Diagnostic Test Check Sheet ........................................... INT-091-3020-06(E)-01

Alarm Test Check Sheet .................................................. INT-091-3030-05(E)-02

SECTION 4TASK LIST

Task List ........................................................................... INT-091-9999-06(E)-01

SECTION 5PREPARATORY TEST

Post Installation Power-Up............................................... PRC-091-1060-06(E)-01

Self Diagnosis.................................................................. PRC-091-1070-06(E)-01

SECTION 6SYSTEM SETUP

O&M Terminal Setup........................................................ PRC-091-2010-05(E)-02

System Setup .................................................................. PRC-091-2020-05(E)-03

IP Address Setting ........................................................... PRC-091-2030-05(E)-03

Commissioning Test Data Setting .................................... PRC-091-2035-02(E)-01

Firmware Download......................................................... PRC-091-2040-06(E)-01

Physical Data Setup......................................................... PRC-091-2050-05(E)-03

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01 Contents

CL 2 of 4

Date Setup....................................................................... PRC-091-2060-05(E)-02

Backup File Creation ....................................................... PRC-091-2070-01(E)-01

DBMS Backup File Creation ............................................ PRC-091-2080-01(E)-01

SECTION 7ALARM TEST

ALIND Alarm Test ............................................................ PRC-091-3010-05(E)-02

Power Alarm Test............................................................. PRC-091-3020-05(E)-02

Fan Alarm Test................................................................. PRC-091-3030-05(E)-02

Fan Alarm Test for eRNC................................................. PRC-091-3035-05(E)-02

Fuse Alarm Test ............................................................... PRC-091-3040-05(E)-03

ALMC Alarm Test ............................................................. PRC-091-3050-05(E)-02

External Alarm Test.......................................................... PRC-091-3100-05(E)-03

SECTION 8DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CP Diagnosis ................................................................... PRC-091-4000-05(E)-02

SCC Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4005-05(E)-02

COC Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4010-05(E)-03

DK Diagnosis ................................................................... PRC-091-4015-05(E)-02

DAT Diagnosis ................................................................. PRC-091-4020-05(E)-02

HUB Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4025-05(E)-02

ATM Diagnosis................................................................. PRC-091-4030-05(E)-02

CMXG Diagnosis ............................................................. PRC-091-4035-05(E)-02

C1HWM Diagnosis .......................................................... PRC-091-4040-05(E)-02

SVC Diagnosis................................................................. PRC-091-4045-05(E)-02

MIF Diagnosis.................................................................. PRC-091-4050-05(E)-02

MCLK Diagnosis .............................................................. PRC-091-4055-05(E)-02

TIFS Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4057-05(E)-02

TIFD Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4060-05(E)-02

M2C Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4065-05(E)-02

MHC Diagnosis................................................................ PRC-091-4070-05(E)-02

TITLE INDEX NUMBER

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01 Contents

CL 3 of 4

CMP Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4075-05(E)-02

DHTC Diagnosis .............................................................. PRC-091-4080-05(E)-03

MFG Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4085-05(E)-02

ANC Diagnosis ................................................................ PRC-091-4090-05(E)-02

N1CMP Diagnosis ........................................................... PRC-091-4095-05(E)-02

PRLC Diagnosis .............................................................. PRC-091-4100-05(E)-03

WCMPD Diagnosis .......................................................... PRC-091-4110-05(E)-02

WCMPS Diagnosis .......................................................... PRC-091-4120-05(E)-02

MDTI Diagnosis ............................................................... PRC-091-4130-05(E)-02

HSDST Diagnosis............................................................ PRC-091-4140-01(E)-01

HSPRLC Diagnosis ......................................................... PRC-091-4150-01(E)-01

SECTION 9SYSTEM CONFIGURATION TEST

SECTION 9.1IN-SERVICE AND OUT-OF-SERVICE STATUS TEST

CP In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test ................. PRC-091-5010-05(E)-02

SCC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test .............. PRC-091-5020-05(E)-02

COC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test .............. PRC-091-5030-05(E)-04

DK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test ................. PRC-091-5040-05(E)-02

DAT In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test ............... PRC-091-5050-05(E)-02

RS In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test ................. PRC-091-5060-05(E)-03

LAN In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test ............... PRC-091-5070-05(E)-03

HUB In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test .............. PRC-091-5080-05(E)-02

MIF In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test................ PRC-091-5090-05(E)-02

SVC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test............... PRC-091-5100-05(E)-02

MCLK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test ............ PRC-091-5110-05(E)-02

SECTION 9.2UNLOCK AND LOCK STATUS TEST

C1HWM Unlock and Lock Status Test ............................. PRC-091-5120-05(E)-02

MFG Unlock and Lock Status Test................................... PRC-091-5130-05(E)-02

TITLE INDEX NUMBER

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01 Contents

CL 4 of 4

DHTC Unlock and Lock Status Test................................. PRC-091-5140-05(E)-02

ATM Unlock and Lock Status Test ................................... PRC-091-5170-05(E)-02

TIFS Unlock and Lock Status Test ................................... PRC-091-5180-05(E)-02

TIFD Unlock and Lock Status Test................................... PRC-091-5190-05(E)-02

ANC Unlock and Lock Status Test ................................... PRC-091-5200-05(E)-02

PRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test ................................. PRC-091-5203-05(E)-03

M2C Unlock and Lock Status Test ................................... PRC-091-5210-05(E)-02

MHC Unlock and Lock Status Test................................... PRC-091-5215-05(E)-02

CMXG Unlock and Lock Status Test ................................ PRC-091-5250-05(E)-02

CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test................................... PRC-091-5260-05(E)-02

N1CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test .............................. PRC-091-5265-05(E)-02

ATMI-OC3 (Single) Unlock and Lock Status Test ............ PRC-091-5280-05(E)-02

ATMI-OC3 (Dual) Unlock and Lock Status Test ............... PRC-091-5290-05(E)-02

WCMPD Unlock and Lock Status Test............................. PRC-091-5300-05(E)-02

WCMPS Unlock and Lock Status Test ............................. PRC-091-5310-05(E)-02

MDTI Unlock and Lock Status Test .................................. PRC-091-5320-05(E)-02

HSDST Unlock and Lock Status Test............................... PRC-091-5330-01(E)-01

HSPRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test ............................ PRC-091-5340-01(E)-01

SECTION 10SYSTEM RESTART TEST

Phase 2 Restart Test........................................................ PRC-091-6010-05(E)-02

Phase 2.5 Restart Test..................................................... PRC-091-6020-05(E)-02

Phase 3 Restart Test........................................................ PRC-091-6030-05(E)-03

TITLE INDEX NUMBER

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 1GENERAL

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-1020-05 (E)-02 Outline

INT-091-1020 1 of 2

Outline

1. OUTLINE OF COMMISSIONING TEST

The Radio Network Controller (RNC) commissioning test includes procedures from power-on to testing the hardware unit. This test checks if the RNC runs normally. The hardware unit test is executed on an RNC basis. Fig. 1 shows the whole installation process and positions the commissioning test process in it.

Fig. 1 RNC Installation Process

INSTALLATIONWORK

Procedures from carrying-cargo-in before power-on

START

END

COMMISSIONINGTEST

INTEGRATIONTEST

Execute carrying-cargo-in, installation material check, RNC hardware installation, cable laying and connections, and installation work before power-on.

Refer to Installation Manual.

Execute the hardware unit test and normality check after power-on.(The unit test is executed on an RNC basis.)

Procedures from power-on to completion of the unit test

Procedures of the system integration test between network elements

Connect the RNC and network elements (MSC/SGSN/NB/RC), and execute the integration test between network elements.

Refer to Integration Test Manual.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-1020-05 (E)-02 Outline

INT-091-1020 2 of 2

2. POWER-ON PREPARATION CHECK

• If the power-on preparation check has already been executed in the installation work, this check is not necessary here (Check if it was executed or not in the check sheet.)

• Before starting the commissioning test, check if the power-on preparation has been done, i.e., frame/module/card mounting, connector-cable connections.

3. COMMISSIONING TEST

The commissioning test includes the following hardware unit tests:

• SYSTEM SETUPIncludes the system setup procedure and the check procedure after the system setup.

• ALARM TESTAll alarm indicators and buzzers are checked on the O&M Terminal. The alarm levels are: critical, major, and minor.

• DIAGNOSIS TESTChecks if each card can be diagnosed by using the system’s diagnosis function.

• SYSTEM CONFIGURATION TESTChecks if each card can be placed in service / out of service (unlocked / locked).

• SYSTEM RESTART TESTChecks if each phase restart processing can be executed: Phase 2, Phase 2.5, and Phase 3 are treated as this test.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 2PREPARATION BEFORE TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-2010-05 (E)-02 Preparation on Site

INT-091-2010 1 of 1

Preparation on Site

To perform the commissioning tests smoothly in the field, check the following items prior to the commissioning tests.

(1) Create an Execution SchedulePrepare an execution schedule as required to perform the process control smoothly in the field.

(2) Documents CheckCheck that all the necessary documents for making the commissioning tests in the field are ready.

Note: Mark in the "Record" area of the Document Check List whether each document is required or not at the time of preparation in Tokyo.

(3) Stationary CheckCheck that all blank forms, writing materials, etc., necessary for the commissioning tests in the field are ready.

(4) Test Tools CheckCheck that all other requisites necessary for the field commissioning tests are ready.

(5) Technical Modification Check Check the distribution route of upgraded hardware data and make an inventory check immediately after entrance into the field.

(6) Software Modification ManagementCheck the distributing route of software modification and its management.

(7) Preparation for TestCreate office data and other required items.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-2020-05 (E)-02 Document Check

INT-091-2020 1 of 1

Document Check

Confirm that the documents listed in Table 1 have been prepared.

Table 1 Document Check List

No. Document Title Record Remarks

1 COMMAND MANUAL

2 OUTPUT MANUAL

3 OPERATOR GUIDELINE

4 MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5 INSTALLATION MANUAL

6 COMMISSIONING MANUAL

7 INTEGRATION TEST MANUAL

8 HARDWARE MANUAL

9 OPERATION MANUAL:NETWORK AND SITE CONFIGURATION

10 OPERATION MANUAL:SOFTWARE LOAD AND FILE HANDLING

11 OPERATION MANUAL:ALARM AND TEST HANDLING

12 OPERATION MANUAL:PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRACING

13 OPERATION MANUAL:TRANSPORT NETWORK MANAGEMENT

14 OPERATION MANUAL:CELL CONFIGURATION

15 OPERATION MANUAL:OFFICE DATA CREATION MANUAL

16 EXPANSION MANUAL

17 CLP EXPANSION MANUAL

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-2030-05 (E)-02 Stationary Check

INT-091-2030 1 of 1

Stationary Check

Confirm that the stationeries listed in Table 1 have been delivered.

* Required items

Table 1 Stationary Check List

No. Stationary Name Record Remarks

1 Floppy Disk

2* Digital Audio Tape (DAT)

3 Label for Digital Audio Tape (DAT)

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-2040-05 (E)-02 Software Modification Check

INT-091-2040 1 of 1

Software Modification Check

1. DISTRIBUTION OF SOFTWARE MODIFICATION COMMUNICATION SHEET

When changes occur in software such as System File and Office Data, the Engineering Department will issue a Modification Communication Sheet with revised data and address filled in. The sheet will be directed to the installation office and the existing office via the System Department in charge of the respective project. Changes in the existing office must also be written on the Modification Communication Sheet and the sheet has to be sent back to the Engineering Department.

2. MODIFICATION MANAGEMENT

2.1 Software Version Check

The version of software running on the Radio Network Controller (RNC) can be checked with the view ipl all imd=act command. Check if the system file name & version and the command file version have correctly been updated.

2.2 Patch Version Check

When some software modification occurs during the commissioning test, patches loaded on the RNC can be also checked with the view ipl all imd=act command. Check if the patch file names and versions have correctly been updated.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 3CHECK LIST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-3010-06 (E)-01 Check List

INT-091-3010 1 of 6

Check List

The standard test check lists are shown below. Check lists should be prepared on your site to confirm the completion of tests. Tables 1 to 5 are sample check lists, which you may modify as required.

Fig. 1 prepares an explanation of each column of check lists.

Fig. 1 Check List (Example)

Columns (4) and (5) should contain the following items:

(a) Date of test completion

(b) Name of the person-in-charge or who oversaw the test.

Since some offices have a limited number of functions, the test functions should be checked prior to testing to identify those functions not provided. For the functions not provided, enter "NOT" on "FACTORY TEST" and "SITE TEST".

If it is determined at the factory or at the sight that some tests are not necessary, draw a diagonal in unnecessary cells.

Separate check sheets are provided for:

(1) Preparatory Test Check

TEST ITEM FACTORY TEST SITE TESTSignature SignatureDateDate

ITEMNO.

(1)(2) (3) (4) (5)

(1) : Test item(2) : Item number(3) : Test item (detail)(4) : Result of the factory test(5) : Result of the site test


INT-091-3010 2 of 6

(2) System Setup Test Check

(3) Alarm Test Check

(4) Diagnostic Test Check

(5) System Configuration Test Check

(6) System Restart Test Check

• Preparatory Test

• System Setup

Table 1 Preparatory Test Check

Item No. Test Item

Site Test Factory Test

Date Signature Date Signature

1 Post Installation Power-up

2 Self Diagnosis

Table 2 System Setup Test Check

Item No. Test Item

Factory Test Site Test


1 O&M Terminal Setup

2 System Setup

3 IP Address Setting

4 Commissioning Test Data Setting

5 Firmware Download

6 Physical Data Setup

7 Date Setup

8 Backup File Creation

9 DBMS Backup File Creation


INT-091-3010 3 of 6

• Alarm TestFor further information, refer to Alarm Test Check Sheet.

• Diagnostic TestFor further information, refer to Diagnostic Test Check Sheet.

Table 3 Alarm Test Check

Item No. Test Item



1 ALIND Alarm Test

2 Power Alarm Test

3 Fan Alarm Test (for Enhance)

4 Fuse Alarm Test

5 ALMC Alarm Test

6 External Alarm Test

Table 4 Diagnostic Test Check (1/2)

Item No. Test Item



1 CP Diagnosis

2 SCC Diagnosis

3 COC Diagnosis

4 DK Diagnosis

5 DAT Diagnosis

6 HUB Diagnosis

7 ATM Diagnosis

8 CMXG Diagnosis

9 C1HWM Diagnosis

10 SVC Diagnosis

11 MIF Diagnosis

12 MCLK Diagnosis


INT-091-3010 4 of 6

• System Configuration Test

13 TIFS Diagnosis

14 TIFD Diagnosis

15 M2C Diagnosis

16 MHC Diagnosis

17 CMP Diagnosis

18 DHTC Diagnosis

19 MFG Diagnosis

20 ANC Diagnosis

21 N1CMP Diagnosis

22 PRLC Diagnosis

23 WCMPD Diagnosis

24 WCMPS Diagnosis

25 MDTI Diagnosis

26 HSDST Diagnosis

27 HSPRLC Diagnosis

Table 5 System Configuration Test Check (1/2)

Item No. Test Item



1 CP INS & OUS Status Test

2 SCC INS & OUS Status Test

3 COC INS & OUS Status Test

4 DK INS & OUS Status Test

5 DAT INS & OUS Status Test

6 RS INS & OUS Status Test

Table 4 Diagnostic Test Check (2/2)

Item No. Test Item




INT-091-3010 5 of 6

7 LAN INS & OUS Status Test

8 HUB INS & OUS Status Test

9 MIF INS & OUS Status Test

10 SVC INS & OUS Status Test

11 MCLK INS & OUS Status Test

12 C1HWM Unlock & Lock Status Test

13 MFG Unlock & Lock Status Test

14 DHTC Unlock & Lock Status Test

15 ATM Unlock & Lock Status Test

16 TIFS Unlock & Lock Status Test

17 TIFD Unlock & Lock Status Test

18 ANC Unlock & Lock Status Test

19 PRLC Unlock & Lock Status Test

20 M2C Unlock & Lock Status Test

21 MHC Unlock & Lock Status Test

22 CMXG Unlock & Lock Status Test

23 CMP Unlock & Lock Status Test

24 N1CMP Unlock & Lock Status Test

25 ATMI-OC3 (Single) Unlock & Lock Status Test

26 ATMI-OC3 (Dual) Unlock & Lock Status Test

27 WCMPD Unlock & Lock Status Test

28 WCMPS Unlock & Lock Status Test

29 MDTI Unlock & Lock Status Test

30 HSDST Unlock & Lock Status Test

31 HSPRLC Unlock & Lock Status Test

Table 5 System Configuration Test Check (2/2)

Item No. Test Item




INT-091-3010 6 of 6

• System Restart Test

Table 6 System Restart Test Check

Item No. Test Item



1 Phase 2 Restart Test

2 Phase 2.5 Restart Test

3 Phase 3 Restart Test

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-3020-06 (E)-01 Diagnostic Test Check Sheet

INT-091-3020 1 of 3

Diagnostic Test Check Sheet

The detailed check sheets for the Diagnostic Test (DGT) are shown in the following pages as sample check sheets. Put a mark in the column of the item checked on the Diagnostic Test Check Sheet.

Since some sites may have a limited number of functions, the test functions should be checked prior to testing. Identify functions not provided in their respective columns.

• CP Diagnosis Test

Note: [CPDD]: Processor NumberSYS.NO.: System No.i: System No.

• HUB Diagnosis Test

Note: i: System No.

Table 1 CP Diagnostic Test

DGT EQUIPMENT NAME CHECK REMARKS

[CPDD]CPi CP00 CP01 CP02

SYS.No. 0

1

SYS.No. 0

1

Table 2 HUB Diagnosis Test

DGT EQUIPMENT

NAMECHECK REMARKS

HUBi HUB0 HUB1

SYS.No. 0

1


INT-091-3020 2 of 3

• IO Diagnosis Test

Note: CPDD: Processor No.

Table 3 IO Diagnosis Test

DGT EQUIPMENT

NAMECHECK REMARKS

[CPDD-]SCCi SCC0 SCC1

[CPDD-]DKij DK00 DK10

[CPDD-]DATij DAT05 DAT15

[CPDD-]COCi COC0 COC1

[CPDD-]SVCi SVC0 SVC1

[CPDD-]MIFi MIF0 MIF1

[CPDD-]MCLKi MCLK0 MCLK1


INT-091-3020 3 of 3

Table 4 Diagnosis Test

DGT EQUIPMENT NAME CHECK REMARKS

ATM

TIFS

TIFD

M2C

MHC

DHT

MFG

ANC

PRLC

CMXG

CMP

N1CMP

C1HW

WCMPD

WCMPS

MDTI

HSDST

HSPRLC

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-3030-05 (E)-02 Alarm Test Check Sheet

INT-091-3030 1 of 2

Alarm Test Check Sheet

The following is a sample check sheet for the alarm test.

Put a mark in the column of the item checked on the Alarm Test Check Sheet shown in Table 1.

Table 1 Alarm Test Check Sheet (1/2)

ALARM FACTORLMT-RNC

AALP (BELL)

VALP (LED & BELL)

CHECKCLASS LOCA-

TIONINFOR-MATION

FIRE CR CR CR

DOOR MN MN MN

AIRCON 0 MJ MJ MJ

RECTIFIER CR CR CR

COMMERCIAL POWER 0

CR CR CR

BATTERY CR CR CR

FUEL MJ MJ MJ

ENGINE MJ MJ MJ

TRANSMISSION 0 MJ MJ MJ

PDF CR CR CR

AIRCON 1 MJ MJ MJ

RECTIFIER 1 CR CR CR

RECTIFIER 2 CR CR CR

FLOOD CR CR CR

TOXIC MN MN MN

COMMERCIAL POWER 1

CR CR CR

TEMPERATURE MJ MJ MJ

HUMIDITY MJ MJ MJ

TRANSMISSION 1 MJ MJ MJ

O&M INVERTER MJ MJ MJ

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-3030-05 (E)-02 Alarm Test Check Sheet

INT-091-3030 2 of 2

LSF FUSE CR CR CR

POWER CR CR CR

FAN CR CR CR

ALARM COLLECTOR

MJ MJ MJ

TRKF FUSE CR CR CR

POWER CR CR CR

FAN CR CR CR

ALARM COLLECTOR

MJ MJ MJ

PRF FUSE CR CR CR

POWER CR CR CR

FAN CR CR CR

ALARM COLLECTOR

MJ MJ MJ

Table 1 Alarm Test Check Sheet (2/2)

ALARM FACTORLMT-RNC

AALP (BELL)

VALP (LED & BELL)

CHECKCLASS LOCA-

TIONINFOR-MATION

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 4TASK LIST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630INT-091-9999-06 (E)-01 Task List

INT-091-9999 1 of 4

Task List

1. PREPARATORY TEST

• Post Installation Power-Up

• Self Diagnosis

2. SYSTEM SETUP

• O&M Terminal Setup

• System Setup

• IP Address Setting

• Commissioning Test Data Setting

• Firmware Download

• Physical Data Setup

• Date Setup

• Backup File Creation

• DBMS Backup File Creation

3. ALARM TEST

• ALIND Alarm Test

• Power Alarm Test

• Fan Alarm Test

• Fan Alarm Test for eRNC

• Fuse Alarm Test

• ALMC Alarm Test

• External Alarm Test

CAUTIONPlease read the Precautions before performing each task.


INT-091-9999 2 of 4

4. DIAGNOSTIC TEST

• CP Diagnosis

• SCC Diagnosis

• COC Diagnosis

• DK Diagnosis

• DAT Diagnosis

• HUB Diagnosis

• ATM Diagnosis

• CMXG Diagnosis

• C1HWM Diagnosis

• SVC Diagnosis

• MIF Diagnosis

• MCLK Diagnosis

• TIFS Diagnosis

• TIFD Diagnosis

• M2C Diagnosis

• MHC Diagnosis

• CMP Diagnosis

• DHTC Diagnosis

• MFG Diagnosis

• ANC Diagnosis

• N1CMP Diagnosis

• PRLC Diagnosis

• WCMPD Diagnosis

• WCMPS Diagnosis

• MDTI Diagnosis


INT-091-9999 3 of 4

• HSDST Diagnosis

• HSPRLC Diagnosis

5. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION TEST

5.1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• CP In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• SCC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• COC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• DK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• DAT In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• RS In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• LAN In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• HUB In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• MIF In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• SVC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

• MCLK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

5.2 Unlock and Lock Status Test

• C1HWM Unlock and Lock Status Test

• MFG Unlock and Lock Status Test

• DHTC Unlock and Lock Status Test

• ATM Unlock and Lock Status Test

• TIFS Unlock and Lock Status Test

• TIFD Unlock and Lock Status Test

• ANC Unlock and Lock Status Test

• PRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

• M2C Unlock and Lock Status Test

• MHC Unlock and Lock Status Test


INT-091-9999 4 of 4

• CMXG Unlock and Lock Status Test

• CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

• N1CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

• ATMI-OC3 (Single) Unlock and Lock Status Test

• ATMI-OC3 (Dual) Unlock and Lock Status Test

• WCMPD Unlock and Lock Status Test

• WCMPS Unlock and Lock Status Test

• MDTI Unlock and Lock Status Test

• HSDST Unlock and Lock Status Test

• HSPRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

6. SYSTEM RESTART TEST

• Phase 2 Restart Test

• Phase 2.5 Restart Test

• Phase 3 Restart Test

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 5PREPARATORY TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-1060-06 (E)-01 Post Installation Power-Up

PRC-091-1060 1 of 6

Post Installation Power-Up

1. SUMMARY

This test provides the post installation power-up procedure necessary after all the equipment frames and hardware are installed.

This procedure comprises applying power to all the equipment frames and units after all hardware is installed, and ensuring that the specified voltage is measured on the cards.

2. CONDITIONS

This test requires a digital multimeter.

3. REFERENCE

Refer to Installing Equipment Frame in “Installation Manual”.

Refer to Insulation in “Installation Manual”.

Table 1 shows the Power and Ground Cable Connections.

Table 2 shows the Card List on the Fuse Panel.

Table 3 shows the Card List with Power on Diagnosis.


PRC-091-1060 2 of 6

4. PROCEDURE

STEP PROCEDURE

1 Confirm that all the power cables and input/output (I/O) cables are correctly connected.Refer to DC-Power Cable Laying" in “Installation Manual”.

2 Using a Circuit Tester, confirm that -48VDC, G and E leads are not short-circuited.Refer to Insulation in “Installation Manual”.

3 Confirm that all the Direct Current Power Distribution Board (DCPDB) circuit breakers are in the OFF position and/or that fuses are removed.

4 Confirm that power source supplies the DCPDB stable -48V.

5 Remove all the fuses from the fuse panels on all the frames or turn off all the Power Distribution Module (PDM) circuit breakers.

6 Remove all the cards from the fuse panels or the PDMs on all the frames.Refer to Tables 2 and 3 in this manual and Installing Equipment Frame in “Installation Manual”.

7 Remove the power connectors of the HUB.Note: Wait at least 30 seconds before proceeding to the next step.

8 Turn off all the peripheral equipment associated with the system. (i.e. DK/ DAT, O&Mterminal etc.)

9 Turn on the main power by setting the DCPDB circuit breakers to ON or by inserting the main fuses.Note: Wait at least 30 seconds before proceeding to the next step.

10 On the power input bus at the top of each frame, use a digital multimeter to check the voltage between -48VXX and -GXX.Verify that -48V is measured at all the points and that the voltage is the same as the DCPDB input voltage of + or - 0.2V. Refer to Table 1.

11 Insert the Main Fuses (MF) into the Fuse Panel or turn on the Main Breaker (MBxx)

CAUTION• Normal operation of the system is not guaranteed when the input

voltage is out of the prescribed range. The system operation is not guaranteed even when the voltage returns to the normal level once it has gone out of the range. In this case, it will be necessary to reset the system.


PRC-091-1060 3 of 6

on the PDM.Note: Wait at least 10 seconds before proceeding to the next step.

12 Insert the Cxx, SABxx fuses into the Fuse Panel or turn on the SABxx breakers on the PDM (if so equipped).

13 Reinsert all cards into the Fuse Panel or the PDM.Refer to Table 2 and 3 in this manual and Installing Equipment Frame in “Installation Manual”.

14 The INS LED lights up and blinks. Confirm that the automatic diagnosis is executed at power-on. Insert the fuses of the cards into the Fuse Panel.

15 Insert the power connectors of the HUB.

16 Turn on all the peripheral equipment associated with the system. (i.e., DK/ DAT, O&M terminal etc.)

17 Confirm that the ALM LED does not light up.Refer to Table 4. The INS LED lights up yellow.

18 If the ALM LED lights up, replace the faulty card.Refer to Self Diagnosis in this manual.

Table 1 Power and Ground Cable Connections (1/2)

EQUIPMENT NAME TERMINALTERMINAL

CONNECTION NOTE(-) LEAD (+) LEAD

LSF, TRKF, PRF PTM0 -48V00 G00 -48V

-48V01 G01

-48V02 G02

-48V03 G03

PTM1 -48V10 G10 -48V

-48V11 G11

-48V12 G12

-48V13 G13

E Earth

FE FE Frame Earth


PRC-091-1060 4 of 6

O&M Terminal PTM -48V G -48V

E Earth

FE FE Frame Earth

Table 2 Card List on the Fuse Panel

Module Function Name Card Name Note

LSF ALM P-8Z83

ALMC P-8X44

TRKF ALM P-8Z83

ALMC P-8X44

PRF ALM P-8Z83

ALMC P-8X44

Table 3 Card List on the Power Distribution Module (PDM)


LSF FRC (Frame Circuit) P-8W22

ALMC P-8Y0D

TRKF FRC P-8W22

ALMC P-8Y0D

Table 1 Power and Ground Cable Connections (2/2)

EQUIPMENT NAME TERMINALTERMINAL

CONNECTION NOTE(-) LEAD (+) LEAD


PRC-091-1060 5 of 6

Table 4 Card List with Power on Diagnosis (1/2)


D-CCPM HUBI P-8C3N / P-8C6X

SVC P-8C3M

PRU P-8C7P

SCC P-8C3L

COC P-8C0S

MIF P-8C3J

MCLK P-8C3A

E-CCPM HUBI P-8C3N / P-8C6X

PRU P-8C7P

HUBCTL P-8C1L

B-LSM WLSC P-8D0V

HSDST P-8D1M

C-LSM WLSC P-8D0V

WCMP P-8D0T

HSDST P-8D1M

B-SIGM CMUX P-8C2T

ANC P-8C1Z

C-M2CM CMUXE P-8C4A

M2C P-8C4G (003)

C-DHTM CMUXE P-8C4A

DHTC P-8C4G (002)

C-CMPM CMUX P-8C2T

B-MHM CMUX P-8C2T

MHC P-8C4L

D-CMPM CMUXE P-8C4A

A-GTPM GMUX P-8C8B/P-8C9G


PRC-091-1060 6 of 6

C-GTPM GMUX P-8C8B/P-8C5N/P-8C9G

A-PRM CMUXE P-8C4A

PRLC 282976

HSPRLC P-8D1W

B-PRM CMUX P-8C2T

PRLC 282976

HSPRLC P-8D1W

C-PRM CMUX P-8C2T

PRLC 282976

HSPRLC P-8D1W

A-DTIM CMUX P-8C2T

MDTI P-8D0R

Table 4 Card List with Power on Diagnosis (2/2)


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-1070-06 (E)-01 Self Diagnosis

PRC-091-1070 1 of 13

Self Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

A self-diagnosis automatically starts to confirm that each card is electrically and electronically normal after inserting the card into the corresponding module.

2. D-CCPM: SVC

2.1 CONDITIONS

None.

2.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C3M card to D-CCPM.

2 Diagnosis starts automatically.Confirm that diagnosis starts and INS LED blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that diagnosis finishes normally and INS LED lights up. [ ]

3. D-CCPM: PRU

3.1 CONDITIONS

None.

3.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4B or P-8C7P card to D-CCPM.

2 Diagnosis starts automatically.Confirm that diagnosis starts and INS LED blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that diagnosis finishes normally and INS LED lights up. [ ]Note: The INS LED blinks in green for the active side, and in orange for the standby side.

The processor cannot control the card when it is inserted before it is recognized to be either active or standby. Therefore, the INS LED blinks in green for the active side diagnosis.

4. D-CCPM: SCC

4.1 CONDITIONS

None.


PRC-091-1070 2 of 13

4.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C3L card to D-CCPM.


5. D-CCPM: COC

5.1 CONDITIONS

None.

5.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C0S card to D-CCPM.


6. D-CCPM: MIF

6.1 CONDITIONS

None.

6.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C3J card to D-CCPM.


7. D-CCPM: MCLK

7.1 CONDITIONS

None.


PRC-091-1070 3 of 13

7.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C3A card to D-CCPM.


8. E-CCPM: PRU

8.1 CONDITIONS

None.

8.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4B or P-8C7P card to D-CCPM.

2 Diagnosis starts automatically.Confirm that diagnosis starts and INS LED blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that diagnosis finishes normally and INS LED lights up. [ ]Note: The INS LED blinks in green for the active side, and in orange for the standby side.

The processor cannot control the card when it is inserted before it is recognized to be either active or standby. Therefore, the INS LED blinks in green for the active side diagnosis.

9. E-CCPM: HUBCTL

9.1 CONDITIONS

None.

9.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C1L card to E-CCPM.



PRC-091-1070 4 of 13

10. B-LSM: WLSC

10.1 CONDITIONS

None.

10.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D0V card to B-LSM.


11. B-LSM: HSDST

11.1 CONDITIONS

None.

11.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D1M card to B-LSM.


12. B-SIGM: CMUX

12.1 CONDITIONS

None.

12.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C2T card to B-SIGM.



PRC-091-1070 5 of 13

13. B-SIGM: ANC

13.1 CONDITIONS

None.

13.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C1Z card to B-SIGM.


14. C-M2CM: CMUXE

14.1 CONDITIONS

None.

14.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4A card to C-M2CM.


15. C-M2CM: M2C

15.1 CONDITIONS

None.

15.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4G<003> card to C-M2CM.



PRC-091-1070 6 of 13

16. C-DHTM: CMUXE

16.1 CONDITIONS

None.

16.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4A card to C-DHTM.


17. C-DHTM: DHTC

17.1 CONDITIONS

None.

17.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4G<002> card to C-DHTM.


18. C-CMPM: CMUX

18.1 CONDITIONS

None.

18.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C2T card to C-CMPM.



PRC-091-1070 7 of 13

19. B-MHM: CMUX

19.1 CONDITIONS

None.

19.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C2T card to B-MHM.


20. B-MHM: MHC

20.1 CONDITIONS

None.

20.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4L card to B-MHM.


21. D-CMPM: CMUXE

21.1 CONDITIONS

None.

21.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4A card to D-CMPM.



PRC-091-1070 8 of 13

22. A-GTPM: GMUX

22.1 CONDITIONS

None.

22.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C8B or P-8C9G card to A-GTPM.


23. A-PRM: CMUXE

23.1 CONDITIONS

None.

23.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C4A card to A-PRM.


24. A-PRM: PRLC

24.1 CONDITIONS

None.

24.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install 282976 card to A-PRM.



PRC-091-1070 9 of 13

25. A-PRM: HSPRLC

25.1 CONDITIONS

None.

25.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D1W card to A-PRM.


26. C-LSM: WLSC

26.1 CONDITIONS

None.

26.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D0V card to C-LSM.


27. C-LSM: WCMP

27.1 CONDITIONS

None.

27.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D0T card to C-LSM.



PRC-091-1070 10 of 13

28. C-LSM: HSDST

28.1 CONDITIONS

None.

28.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D1M card to C-LSM.


29. C-GTPM: GMUX

29.1 CONDITIONS

None.

29.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C8B, P-8C5N, or P-8C9G card to C-GTPM.


30. B-PRM: CMUX

30.1 CONDITIONS

None.

30.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C2T card to B-PRM.



PRC-091-1070 11 of 13

31. B-PRM: PRLC

31.1 CONDITIONS

None.

31.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install 282976 card to B-PRM.


32. B-PRM: HSPRLC

32.1 CONDITIONS

None.

32.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D1W card to B-PRM.


33. C-PRM: CMUX

33.1 CONDITIONS

None.

33.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C2T card to C-PRM.



PRC-091-1070 12 of 13

34. C-PRM: PRLC

34.1 CONDITIONS

None.

34.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install 282976 card to C-PRM.


35. C-PRM: HSPRLC

35.1 CONDITIONS

None.

35.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D1W card to C-PRM.


36. A-DTIM: CMUX

36.1 CONDITIONS

None.

36.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8C2T card to A-DTIM.



PRC-091-1070 13 of 13

37. A-DTIM: MDTI

37.1 CONDITIONS

None.

37.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install P-8D0R card to A-DTIM.


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 6SYSTEM SETUP

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2010-05 (E)-02 O&M Terminal Setup

PRC-091-2010 1 of 1

O&M Terminal Setup

1. SUMMARY

Perform the following setup for the Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC).

• Graphical User Interface (GUI) Software Installation

• Expert Mode setting

2. CONDITIONS

• This test requires set up disks 1/2 and 2/2 for the Printer driver.

• This test requires the GUI Software (CD-ROM).

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Install GUI software.Refer to GUI Installation in “Operator Guideline”.

2 Set the Expert Mode of LMT-RNC.Refer to Terminal Setting for Expert Mode in “Operator Guideline”.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2020-05 (E)-03 System Setup

PRC-091-2020 1 of 2

System Setup

1. SUMMARY

After connecting the Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC) to the RNC, execute the system setup for the RNC from the LMT-RNC.

2. CONDITIONS

• Prepare "system install DAT".

• Confirm that the LMT-RNC is connected with RNC.

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Execute "system install DAT" on the DAT05.Confirm that the lamp flashes on the DAT05 equipment.

2 Execute Phase 3 restart from the DAT05.

Execute Phase 3 restart using the [Master Console] window and specifying "from DAT to OMP".

Confirm that the System Restart Executing dialog (light bulb) lights up yellow. [ ]

Confirm that the [Restart Start] (light bulb) icon turns on in the System Restart Executingdialog.

3 Enter the login name.

logout

Login(00): (Note)

EWS-UX/V(Rel4.2)

unix

:

#

Note: When logging in from DK0, enter install0. When logging in from DK1, enter install1.

4 Confirm that the installation is normally completed.Confirm that the following messages are output. [ ]

### DAT installation ends ###

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2020-05 (E)-03 System Setup

PRC-091-2020 2 of 2

### Installation ends ###

5 Execute Phase 3 restart using the [Master Console] window and specifying “from the installed DK to all CPs”.Confirm that the following autonomous messages are output to all CPs.[ ]

*cr 0187013 phase_initialization_start cpDD-cp0

#.. 0186000 system_initialization_completed

#.. 0187030 processor_ph3_initialization_completed cpDD

#.. 0083020 database_load_completed cpDD

#.. 0083030 database_recover_completed cpDD

Confirm that the [Restart End] (light bulb) icon lights up yellow. [ ]

6 Log in using swsh.

Login:swsh

Password:XXXXXXX

7 Confirm the status of all CPs.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.Confirm that System 0 is active and System 1 is out of service in the single mode. [ ]

8 Place all CPs in the dual mode operation.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cpall command.

9 Confirm that all CPs are in the dual mode operation.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.Confirm that System 0 is active and System 1 is standby in the dual mode. [ ]

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2030-05 (E)-03 IP Address Setting

PRC-091-2030 1 of 2

IP Address Setting

1. SUMMARY

To connect the Radio Network Controller (RNC) to the LAN on your site, register its IP address.

2. CONDITIONS

• Login using swsh.

• It may be necessary to execute in advance other tests depending on the setup of the LANstructure (the number of LMT-RNCs, the number of terminals, and gateway installed or not).

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Register the TCP/IP office data on the standby side1-1 Register a local host name and IP address.

Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the cre inet hst host=host0ipadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD command.

1-2 Register a host name and IP address of the terminal.Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the cre inet hst host=hostpcipadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD term=pc command.

1-3 Register a local interface.Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the cre inet itf lno_log=0 host=host0mskadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD bcadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD command.

1-4 Register a default gateway.Note: If a gateway does not exist, set command default gateway.Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the cre inet rut dst=default gw=ghosthop=DD command.

2 Transfer the registered data on the standby side onto the active side.Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the comm inet command.

3 Confirm that the TCP/IP office data is correct on the active side.3-1 Confirm that the host name and IP address is correct. [ ]

Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the view inet hst kind=map st=nowcommand.

swsh>view inet hst kind=map st=now

cp00

# current host mapping data #

ipadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD host=CCCCCC

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2030-05 (E)-03 IP Address Setting

PRC-091-2030 2 of 2

ipadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD host=CCCCCC

ipadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD host=CCCCCC term=CCC

...view inet emd

3-2 Confirm that the local interface is correct. [ ]Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the view inet itf st=now command.

swsh>view inet itf st=now

cp00

# current interface data #

lno_log=lo0 host=localhost

lno_log=D host=CCCCC mskadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD bcadr=DDD.DDD.DDD.DDD

...view inet emd

3-3 Confirm that the gateway is correct. [ ]Use the [TCP/IP Data] window or the view inet rut st=now command.

swsh>view inet hst rut st=now

cp00

# current routing data #

dst=default gw=CCCCCC hop=DD

...view inet emd

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2035-02 (E)-01 Commissioning Test Data Setting

PRC-091-2035 1 of 10

Commissioning Test Data Setting

1. SUMMARY

Required office data must be entered before starting the commissioning test.

In this procedure, the office data registration commands previously created on FD, CD and MM are continuously entered from the Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC). Confirm that each command ends without any errors.

Procedure 3.1 explains the practical procedure for the commissioning test data setting. If an error occurs, this process stops at the error point. In that case, refer to Procedure 3.2 and investigate which command line is wrong in the command script. Then, correct and input the command. If no error occurs, input the rest of the office data registration commands.

Procedure 3.2 explains each command entry in detail for reference.

2. CONDITIONS

• Prepare the office data registration commands.

• If a trunk card is to be used, download the firmware program called Download Built-in Software (DBSW) in advance.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Practical Procedure

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Input the previously created office data registration commands from the LMT-RNC.If an error occurs, this process stops at the error point. There is a mistake in the registration commands.1-1 Refer to Procedure 3.2 Detailed Procedure and find out the wrong command line.1-2 Correct and input the command line.

Confirm that the command is successfully completed. [ ]1-3 Proceed to the rest of the registration commands.

Whenever an error occurs, return to the sub-step 1-1.

2 Confirm that these commands are successfully completed without any errors. [ ]

3.2 Detailed Procedure

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Register the Office Name (OFN) data.1-1 Register the OFN data.


PRC-091-2035 2 of 10

Use the [Office Name] window or the cre ofn ofn=CCCCCC command.1-2 Confirm that the OFN data is correct. [ ]

Use the [Office Name] window or the view ofn command.

2 Register the Node B Switching Controller (NBSC) data.2-1 Register the NBSC data on the basic equipment.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp nbscijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.

2-2 Place the NBSC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk/cmxg1jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unlocking the NBSC.

2-3 Confirm that the NBSC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

2-4 Register the NBSC data on the extended equipment.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp nbscijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.Note: The NBSC on the basic equipment must be in service prior to doing this step.

2-5 Place the NBSC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp nbsc0jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before placing the NBSC in service.

2-6 Confirm that the NBSC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

3 Register the Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Signal Switching Controller (ASSC) data.3-1 Register the NBSC data on the extended equipment.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp asscijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.Note: The NBSC on the basic equipment must be in service prior to doing this step.

3-2 Place the ASSC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp assc0jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before placing the ASSC in service.

3-3 Confirm that the ASSC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

4 Register the Mobile Switching Controller (MSWC) data.


PRC-091-2035 3 of 10

4-1 Register the MSWC data on the basic equipment.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp mswcijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.

4-2 Place the MSWC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window, or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk and the ulock eqp cmxg1jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unlocking the MSWC.

4-3 Confirm that the MSWC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

4-4 Register the MSWC data on the extended equipment.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp mswcijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.Note: The MSWC on the basic equipment must be in service prior to doing this step.

4-5 Place the MSWC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mswc0jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before placing the MSWC in service.

4-6 Confirm that the MSWC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

5 Register the Composite Controller (CMPC) data.5-1 Register the CMPC data on the basic equipment.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp cmpcijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.

5-2 Place the CMPC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk/cmxg1jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unlocking the CMPC.

5-3 Confirm that the CMPC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

5-4 Register the CMPC data on the extended equipment.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp cmpcijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.Note: The CMPC on the basic equipment must be in service prior to doing this step.

5-5 Place the CMPC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cmpc0jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before placing the CMPC in service.


PRC-091-2035 4 of 10

5-6 Confirm that the CMPC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

6 Register the General Packet Radio System (GPRS) Tunneling Protocol Multiplexer (GMUX) data.6-1 Register the GMUX data on the basic equipment.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp gmuxijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.

6-2 Register the GMUX-FW information.Use the [GMUX Related Parameters] window or the cre gmrp eqp=gmuxijkgmx_type=r_gmx ip_ver=v4 command.

6-3 Confirm that the GMUX-FW information is correct. [ ]Use the [GMUX Related Parameters] window or the view gmrp eqp=gmuxijkcommand.

6-4 Place the GMUX in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk/cmxg1jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unlocking the GMUX.

6-5 Confirm that the GMUX is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

7 Register the Permanent Virtual Path (PVP) Switching Controller (PSWC) data.7-1 Register the PSWC data on the basic equipment.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp pswcijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.

7-2 Place the PSWC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk/cmxg1jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unlocking the PSWC.

7-3 Confirm that the PSWC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

7-4 Register the PSWC data on the extended equipment.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp pswcijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.Note: The PSWC on the basic equipment must be in service prior to doing this step.

7-5 Place the PSWC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp pswc0jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before placing the PSWC in service.


PRC-091-2035 5 of 10

7-6 Confirm that the PSWC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

8 Register the Digital Transmission Interface (DTI) Switching Controller (DTSC) data.8-1 Register the DTSC data on the basic equipment.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp dtscijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.

8-2 Place the DTSC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk/cmxg1jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unlocking the DTSC.

8-3 Confirm that the DTSC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

8-4 Register the DTSC data on the extended equipment.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp dtscijk cpDDnode_no=DDD command.Note: The DTSC on the basic equipment must be in service prior to doing this step.

8-5 Place the DTSC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dtsc0jkcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before placing the DTSC in service.

8-6 Confirm that the DTSC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjkcommand.

9 Register the Trunk Interface - Duplicated (TIFD) data.9-1 Register the TIFD data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp tifdijklm cpDDcommand.

9-2 Confirm that the TIFD in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdallcommand.

10 Register the Trunk Interface - Single (TIFS) data.10-1 Register the TIFS data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp tifsijkl cpDDcommand.

10-2 Confirm that the TIFS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsallcommand.


PRC-091-2035 6 of 10

11 Register the Wideband Composite - Duplicated (WCMPD) data.11-1 Register the WCMPD data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp wcmpdijkl cpDDcommand.

11-2 Confirm that the WCMPD is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdallcommand.

12 Register the Wideband Composite - Single (WCMPS) data.12-1 Register the WCMPS data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp wcmpsijkl cpDDcommand.

12-2 Place the WCMPS in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp wcmpsijkl/wcmps1jklcommand.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unlocking the WCMPS.

12-3 Confirm that the WCMPS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsallcommand.

13 Register the AC1D data.13-1 Register the AC1D data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands:• cre eqp ac1dijklmno cpDD cmux=mswcijk• cre eqp ac1dijklmno cpDD cmux=cmpcijk• cre eqp ac1dijklmno cpDD cmux=nbscijk• cre eqp ac1dijklmno cpDD cmux=pswcijk• cre eqp ac1dijklmno cpDD cmux=asscijk• cre eqp ac1dijklmno cpDD cmux=dtscijk• cre eqp ac1dijklmno cpDD cmux=gmuxijk port=D

13-2 Place the AC1D in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqpac1d0ijklmno/ac1d1ijklmno command.

13-3 Confirm that the AC1D is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dallcommand.

14 Register the AO3D data.14-1 Register the AO3D data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp ao3dijklmnocpDD command:

14-2 Place the AO3D in service.


PRC-091-2035 7 of 10

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqpao3d0ijklmno/ao3d1ijklmno command.

14-3 Confirm that the AO3D is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3dallcommand.

15 Register the AO3S data.15-1 Register the AO3S data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp ao3sijklmnocpDD commands:

15-2 Place the AO3S in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ao3sijklmnocommand.

15-3 Confirm that the AO3S is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3sallcommand.

16 Register the Circuit Number Registration (CNR) data.16-1 Register the CNR data.

• For the C1HWDUse the [Circuit Number Registration] window or the cre cnr type=c1hwdlu=ijklmno vpi=DD vci=DD command.

• For the OC3D/OC1D/ST1EDUse the [Circuit Number Registration] window or the cre cnr type=CCCCClu=ijklmno ni=CCC vpi=DD vci=DD term=CC ncel=CCC aps=CCcommand.

• For the OC3S/OC1S/ST1ESUse the [Circuit Number Registration] window or the cre cnr type=CCCCClu=ijklmno ni=CCC vpi=DD vci=DD term=CC ncel=CCC command.

16-2 Unblock the CNR.Use the [Circuit Block and Idle] window or the ublk cbia lu=ijklmnocommand.

16-3 Confirm that the CNR is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Circuit Block and Idle] window or the view cbia lu=ijklmnocommand.

16-4 Confirm that the CNR is correct. [ ]Use the [Circuit Number Registration] window or the view cnr lu=ijklmnocommand.

17 Register the ANC data.17-1 Register the ANC data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp ancijklm cpDDcommand.


PRC-091-2035 8 of 10

17-2 Confirm that the ANC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancallcommand.

18 Register the MFG data.18-1 Register the MFG data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp mfgijklm cpDDcommand.

18-2 Confirm that the MFG is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgallcommand.

19 Register the M2C data.19-1 Register the M2C data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp m2cijklm cpDDcommand.

19-2 Confirm that the M2C is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp m2callcommand.

20 Register the MHC data.20-1 Register the MHC data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp mhcijklm cpDDcommand.

20-2 Confirm that the MHC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcallcommand.

21 Register the DHTC data.21-1 Register the DHTC data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp dhtijklm cpDDcommand.

21-2 Confirm that the DHTC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dhtallcommand.

22 Register the CMP data.22-1 Register the CMP data.

• For the direct CMP

(1) Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp cmpijklmcpDD dti=2.0M command.

(2) Use the [Direct CMP Line Registration] window or the cre dclr


PRC-091-2035 9 of 10

type=dti20m dclu=ijklmn frame_fmt=D command.• For the backyard CMP

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp cmpijklmcpDD command.

22-2 Place the CMP in service.• For the direct CMP

(1) Unblock the dclb.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ublk dclbdclu=ijklmn command.

22-3 Confirm that the CMP is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmpallcommand.

23 Register the N1CMP data.23-1 Register the N1CMP data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp n1cmpijklmcpDD command.

23-2 Confirm that the N1CMP is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp n1cmpallcommand.

24 Register the PRLC data.24-1 Register the PRLC data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp prlcijklm cpDDcommand.

24-2 Confirm that the PRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcallcommand.

25 Register the MDTI data.25-1 Register the MDTI data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp mdtiijklm cpDDdti=2.0M command.

25-2 Register the MDTI line data.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the cre mdtil type_line=dti20mmdtilu=ijklmn frame_fmt=D command.

25-3 Place the MDTI in service.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the ublk mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.Note: The DBSW must be downloaded before unblocking the MDTI.

25-4 Register the IMA data.Use the [IMA Control] window or the cre mimag mdtiijklm card_pos=CCCCgr_ptn=D gr_pos=D gr_no=DD ptrx=D pl_sclb=CCC mdtilu=ijklmn


PRC-091-2035 10 of 10

tsn_str=DD frct=DD command.25-5 Confirm that the MDTI is in service. [ ]

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mdtiallcommand.

26 Register the HSDST data.26-1 Register the HSDST data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp hsdpsijklcommand.

26-2 Confirm that the HSDST is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hsdpsijklcommand.

27 Register the HSPRLC data.27-1 Register the HSPRLC data.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the cre eqp hprlcijklmcommand.

27-2 Confirm that the HSPRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hprlcijklmcommand.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2040-06 (E)-01 Firmware Download

PRC-091-2040 1 of 83

Firmware Download

1. SUMMARY

The firmware data called the Download Built-in Software (DBSW) must be downloaded to some cards in order to operate them in the Radio Network Controller (RNC).

Procedures described in items 2 through 19 below apply only when installing these cards for the first time. These procedures do not apply when some of these cards need to be re-installed after they are set to active (in-service) status.

If a firmware version is updated during installation, use the following procedures:

• For an N+1 / single system cardItem 20 explains a procedure for ANC as an example.

• For a duplicated system cardItem 21 explains a procedure for BLSC as an example.

When installing the cards for the second time, therefore, download the DBSW after placing each card out of service according to the procedures in items 20 or 21.

2. DOWNLOADING HUB FROM DAT

2.1 CONDITIONS

• To know an up-to-date firmware version number, refer to "Released Software (Firmware)" in the "RNC DBSW Release Note" given from the vendor. If the firmware is already updated on the card, skip this procedure.

• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "HUB".

• Download after the higher equipment "SW" downloads the firmware correctly.

2.2 PROCEDURE

2.2.1 Download to HUB on the system 0 side (HUB0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Insert the firmware DAT tape into DAT05.Confirm that the LED of the DAT05 panel lights up. [ ]

2 Confirm that both HUB0 and HUB1 in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #


PRC-091-2040 2 of 83

dev=hub sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

dev=hub0 sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm type=hubm16


...view eqp end

3 Place the HUB0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp hub0 command.

4 Confirm that the HUB0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #

dev=hub sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

dev=hub0 sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm type=hubm16


...view eqp end

5 Start downloading to the HUB0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp hub0jfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of HUB0s on the message displayed is the same as on the "RNC DBSW Release Note". [ ]

6 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the HUB0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf hub0jtype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hub0j type=cur

# dload information #

hub0j card=8C1L-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD

date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY date_exec=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

7 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is the same version as the HUB0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf hubtype=dk command.


PRC-091-2040 3 of 83

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hub type=dk

# dload file information #

hub dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8C1L-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

2.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the HUB on the system 0 side (HUB0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #



dev=hub1 sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm type=nubm1

...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hub0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the HUB0 blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]


swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #




...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 4 of 83

4 Place the HUB0 in service. Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp hub0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the HUB0 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that both HUB0 and HUB1 are in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #

dev=hub sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

dev=hub0 sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm type=hubm16


...view eqp end

6 Set the HUB0 to active and the HUB1 to standby. Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp hub command.

7 Confirm that the HUB0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #




...view eqp end

2.2.3 Download to the HUB on the system 1 side (HUB1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf hubtype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hub type=dk


hub dir=/load/fwdt/data



PRC-091-2040 5 of 83

...view eqp end

2 Place the HUB1 out of service. Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp hub1 command.


swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #

dev=hub sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

dev=hub0 sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm type=hubm16


...view eqp end

4 Start downloading to the HUB1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp hub1jfn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of HUB1s on the message displayed is the same as on the "RNC DBSW Release Note". [ ]

5 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the HUB1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf hub1jtype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hub1j type=cur


hub1j card=8C1L-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

2.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the HUB on the system 1 side (HUB1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #


PRC-091-2040 6 of 83




...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hub1dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the HUB1 blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]


swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #




...view eqp end

4 Place the HUB1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp hub1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the HUB1 changes to green. [ ]


swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #




...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 7 of 83

3. DOWNLOADING BLSC FROM DAT

3.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "BLSC".

3.2 PROCEDURE

3.2.1 Download to the BLSC on the system 0 side (BLSC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that both BLSC0 and BLSC1 are in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #

dev=atm sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

# blsc state #

dev=blsc00 sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

...view eqp end

3 Place the BLSC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp atm0 command.

4 Confirm that the BLSC0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #

dev=atm sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

# blsc state #

dev=blsc00 sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 8 of 83

5 Start downloading to the BLSC0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp blsc0jkfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of BLSC0s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

6 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the BLSC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsc0jktype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf blsc0jk type=cur


blsc0jk card=8C6Q-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

7 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is the same version as the BLSC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf blsc type=dk


blsc dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8C6Q-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

3.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the BLSC on the system 0 side (BLSC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #



PRC-091-2040 9 of 83

...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec atm0dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the BLSC0blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the BLSC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the BLSC0 changes to green. [ ]


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #

dev=atm sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

# blsc state #

dev=blsc00 sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

...view eqp end

6 Set the BLSC0 to active and the BLSC1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp atm command.

7 Confirm that the BLSC0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.


PRC-091-2040 10 of 83

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end


STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsctype=dk command.





...view eqp end



swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #

dev=atm sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

# blsc state #

dev=blsc00 sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Start downloading to the BLSC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp blsc1jk fn=dfile.DDD type=all command.


PRC-091-2040 11 of 83

Confirm that the number of BLSC1s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

5 Confirm firmware version is new on the BLSC1. [ ] Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsc1jk type=cur command.





...view eqp end


STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end



swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #



PRC-091-2040 12 of 83

# blsc state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the BLSC1 in serviceUse the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the BLSC1 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that both BLSC0 and BLSC1 are in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp blsc command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

4. DOWNLOADING NBSC FROM DAT

4.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "NBSC".


4.2 PROCEDURE

4.2.1 Download to the NBSC on the system 0 side (NBSC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the NBSC mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.• For the basic equipment


PRC-091-2040 13 of 83

swsh>view eqp cmxgjk

# cmxg state #

dev=cmxgjk sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns

# cmuxm state #

dev=nbscjkl sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns

...view eqp end

• For the extended equipment


# cmxg state #

dev=cmxgjk sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

# cmuxm state #

dev=nbscjkl sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm


...view eqp end

3 Start downloading to the NBSC0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp nbsc0jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of NBSC0s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the NBSC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf nbsc0jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf nbsc0jkl type=cur


nbsc0jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

5 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is the same version as the NBSC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf nbsctype=dk command.


PRC-091-2040 14 of 83

swsh>view eqp dloadinf nbsc type=dk


nbsc dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8C2T-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

4.2.2 Download to the NBSC on the system 1 side (NBSC1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Start downloading to the NBSC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp nbsc1jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of NBSC1s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

2 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the NBSC1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf nbsc1jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf nbsc1jkl type=cur


nbsc1jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

Note: For the extended equipment, go to 4.2.5.

4.2.3 Execute the diagnostic test to the NBSC on the system 0 side (NBSC0)(For the basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the NBSC0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


PRC-091-2040 15 of 83


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg0jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the NBSC0blinks in orange in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the NBSC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the NBSC0 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the NBSC0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #

dev=cmxgjk sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

# cmuxm state #

dev=nbscjkl sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

4.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the NBSC on the system 1 side (NBSC1) (For the basic equipment only)

STEP PROCEDURE


PRC-091-2040 16 of 83



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg1jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the NBSC1blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the NBSC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the NBSC1 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the NBSC1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


PRC-091-2040 17 of 83


...view eqp end

4.2.5 Execute the diagnostic test to the NBSC (For the extended equipment only)

STEP PROCEDURE

1 Confirm both NBSC0 and NBSC1 are out of service on the extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test to both NBSC0 and NBSC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxgijk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking the INS LED of the NBSC blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]

3 Place both NBSC0 and NBSC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp nbsc0jkl command.

4 Confirm that the NBSC0 is active and the NBSC1 is on standby on the Extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #




PRC-091-2040 18 of 83

...view eqp end

5. DOWNLOADING ANC FROM DAT

5.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "ANC".


• Download after the higher equipment "NBSC" downloads the firmware correctly.

5.2 PROCEDURE

5.2.1 Download to the ANC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the ANC in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancijklm command.

swsh>view eqp ancijklm

# anc state #

dev=ancijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

3 Place the ANC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ancijklm command.

4 Confirm that the ANC in out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancijklm command.


# anc state #

dev=ancijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

5 Start downloading to the ANC.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp ancijklm


PRC-091-2040 19 of 83

fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp ancijklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


ancijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of ANCs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

6 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the ANC. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf ancijklmtype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf ancijklm type=cur


ancijklm card=8C1Z-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

7 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf anctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf anc type=dk


anc dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8C1Z-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

5.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the ANC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the ANC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancijklm command.


# anc state #


PRC-091-2040 20 of 83


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec ancijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the ANC blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# anc state #


4 Place the ANC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ancijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ANC changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the ANC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancijklm command.


# anc state #


Note: Repeat Procedures 5.2.1 and 5.2.2 for all the ANCs.

6. DOWNLOADING M2C FROM DAT

6.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "M2C".




PRC-091-2040 21 of 83

6.2 PROCEDURE

6.2.1 Download to the M2C

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the M2C in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp m2cijklm command.

swsh>view eqp m2cijklm

# m2c state #

dev=m2cijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

3 Block the M2C.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk m2cijklm command.

4 Place the M2C out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp m2cijklm command.

5 Confirm that the M2C is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp m2cijklm• view eqp m2call

swsh>view eqp m2call

# m2c state #

dev=m2cijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

6 Start downloading to the M2C.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp m2cijklmfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp m2cijklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


m2cijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end


PRC-091-2040 22 of 83

Confirm that the number of M2Cs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

7 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the M2C. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf m2cijklmtype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf m2cijklm type=cur


m2cijklm card=8C4G-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

8 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf m2ctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf m2c type=dk


m2c dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8C4G-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

6.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the M2C

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the M2C is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp m2cijklm command.

swsh>view eqp m2cijklm

# m2c state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec m2cijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the M2C blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 23 of 83

3 Confirm that the M2C is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp m2cijklm• view eqp m2call


# m2c state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the M2C in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp m2cijklm command.

5 Unblock the M2C.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk m2cijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the M2C changes to green. [ ]

6 Confirm that the M2C is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp m2cijklm• view eqp m2call


# m2c state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat Procedures 6.2.1 and 6.2.2 for all M2Cs.

7. DOWNLOADING MSWC FROM DAT

7.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "MSWC".


7.2 PROCEDURE


PRC-091-2040 24 of 83

7.2.1 Download to the MSWC on the system 0 side (MSWC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the MSWC mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.• For the basic equipment


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=mswcjkl sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns

...view eqp end



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=mswcjkl sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm


...view eqp end

3 Start downloading to the MSWC0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp mswc0jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of MSWC0s to be installed on the system 0 side on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the MSWC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf mswc0jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf mswc0jkl type=cur



PRC-091-2040 25 of 83

mswc0jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

5 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf mswctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf mswc type=dk


mswc dir=/load/fwdt/data


...view eqp end

7.2.2 Download to the MSWC on the system 1 side (MSWC1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Start downloading to the MSWC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp mswc1jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of MSWC1s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

2 Confirm firmware version is new on the MSWC1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf mswc1jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf mswc1jkl type=cur


mswc1jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

Note: For the Extended equipment, go to 7.2.5.

7.2.3 Execute the diagnostic test to the MSWC on the system 0 side (MSWC0)(For the basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


PRC-091-2040 26 of 83

1 Confirm that the MSWC0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg0jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the MSWC0blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the MSWC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MSWC0 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the MSWC0 is active (act). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


PRC-091-2040 27 of 83

dev=mswcjkl sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

7.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the MSWC on the system 1 side (MSWC1)(For the basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg1jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the MSWC1blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the MSWC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MSWC1 changes to green. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 28 of 83

5 Confirm that the MSWC1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

7.2.5 Execute the diagnostic test to the MSWC (For the extended equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both MSWC0 and MSWC1 are out of service on the extended equipment. [ ]

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test to both NBSC0 and NBSC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxgijk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the MSWC1blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]

3 Place both MSWC0 and MSWC1 is in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mswc0jkl command.

4 Confirm that the MSWC0 is active and the MSWC1 is on standby on the extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


PRC-091-2040 29 of 83


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

8. DOWNLOADING MHC FROM DAT

8.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "MHC".


• Download after the higher equipment "MSWC" downloads the firmware correctly.

8.2 PROCEDURE

8.2.1 Download to the MHC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the MHC in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcijklm command.

swsh>view eqp mhcijklm

# mhc state #

dev=mhcijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

3 Place the MHC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mhcijklm command.

4 Confirm that the MHC is out of service. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 30 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcijklm command.


# mhc state #

dev=mhcijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

5 Start downloading to the MHC.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp mhcijklmfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp mhcijklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


mhcijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of MHCs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

6 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the MHC. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf mhcijklmtype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf mhcijklm type=cur


mhcijklm card=8C4L-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

7 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf mhctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf mhc type=dk


mhc dir=/load/fwdt/data


...view eqp end

8.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test.


PRC-091-2040 31 of 83

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the MHC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcijklm command.


# mhc state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mhcijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the MHC blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# mhc state #


4 Place the MHC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mhciklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MHC changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the MHC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcijklm command.


# mhc state #


Note: Repeat Procedures 8.2.1. and 8.2.2 for all M2Cs.

9. DOWNLOADING DHTC FROM DAT

9.1 CONDITIONS

• To know an up-to-date firmware version number, refer to "Released Software (Firmware)" in the "RNC DBSW Release Note" given from the vendor. If the firmware is already updated on


PRC-091-2040 32 of 83

the card, skip this procedure.

• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "DHTC".



9.2 PROCEDURE

9.2.1 Download to the DHTC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the DHTC in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dhtijklm command.

swsh>view eqp dhtijklm

# dht state #

dev=dhtijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

3 Block the DHTC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk dhtijklm command.

4 Place the DHTC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp dhtijklm command.

5 Confirm that the DHTC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp dhtijklm• view eqp dhtall

swsh>view eqp dhtall

# dht state #

dev=dhtijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

6 Start downloading to the DHTC.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp dhtijklm


PRC-091-2040 33 of 83

fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp dhtijklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


dhtijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of DHTCs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

7 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the DHTC. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf dhtijklmtype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf dhtijklm type=cur


dhtijklm card=8C4G-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

8 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is the same version as the DHTC. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf dhttype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf dht type=dk


dht dir=/load/fwdt/data


...view eqp end

9.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the DHTC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the DHTC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dhtijklm command.


# dht state #


PRC-091-2040 34 of 83


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec dhtijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the DHTC blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# dht state #


4 Place the DHTC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp dhtijklm command.

5 Unblock the DHTC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk dhtijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DHTC changes to green. [ ]

6 Confirm that the DHTC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp dhtijklm• view eqp dhtall


# dht state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat Procedures 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 for all DHTCs.

10. DOWNLOADING CMPC FROM DAT

10.1 CONDITIONS



PRC-091-2040 35 of 83

• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "CMPC".


10.2 PROCEDURE

10.2.1 Download to the CMPC on the system 0 side (CMPC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the CMPC mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.• For the basic equipment


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=cmpcjkl sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns

...view eqp end



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=cmpcjkl sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm


...view eqp end

3 Start downloading to the CMPC0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp cmpc0jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of CMPC0s to on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the CMPC0. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 36 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf cmpc0jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf cmpc0jkl type=cur


cmpc0jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

5 Confirm the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf cmpc type=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf cmpc type=dk


cmpc dir=/load/fwdt/data


...view eqp end

10.2.2 Download to the CMPC on the system 1 side (CMPC1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Start downloading to the CMPC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp cmpc1jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of CMPCs to be installed on the system 1 side on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

2 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the CMPC1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf cmpc1jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf cmpc1jkl type=cur


cmpc1jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 37 of 83


10.2.3 Execute the diagnostic test to the CMPC on the system 0 side (CMPC0)(For the basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CMPC0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg0jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the CMPC0blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]Note: For the extended equipment, go to 10.2.5.



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the CMPC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMPC0 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the CMPC0 is active. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 38 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=cmpcjkl sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

10.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the CMPC on the system 1 side (CMPC1)(For the Basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg1jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the CMPC1blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



PRC-091-2040 39 of 83

...view eqp end

4 Place the CMPC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMPC1 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the CMPC1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

10.2.5 Execute the diagnostic test to the NBSC (For the extended equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm both CMPC0 and CMPC1 are out of service on the extended equipment.[ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test to both CMPC0 and CMPC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxgijkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the CMPCblinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]

3 Place both CMPC0 and CMPC1 in service.


PRC-091-2040 40 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cmpc0jkl command.

4 Confirm that the CMPC0 is active and the CMPC1 is on standby on the extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

11. DOWNLOADING GMUX FROM DAT

11.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "GMUX".


11.2 PROCEDURE

11.2.1 Download to the GMUX on the system 0 side (GMUX0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the GMUX mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=gmuxjkl sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns


PRC-091-2040 41 of 83

...view eqp end

3 Start downloading to the GMUX0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp gmux0jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of GMUXs to be installed on the system 0 side on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the GMUX0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf gmux0jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf gmux0jkl type=cur


gmux0jkl card=8C9G-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

5 Confirm the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf gmuxtype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf gmux type=dk


gmux dir=/load/fwdt/data


...view eqp end

11.2.2 Download to the GMUX on the system 1 side (GMUX1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Start downloading to the GMUX1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp gmux1jkl fn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of GMUX1s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

2 Confirm that firmware version is new on the GMUX1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp gmux1jkl command.


PRC-091-2040 42 of 83

swsh>view eqp dloadinf gmux1jkl type=cur


gmux1jkl card=8C9G-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

11.2.3 Execute the diagnostic test to the GMUX on the system 0 side (GMUX0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the GMUX0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg0jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the GMUX blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 43 of 83

4 Place the GMUX0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the GMUX changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the GMUX0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=gmuxjkl sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

11.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the GMUX on the system 1 side (GMUX1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg1jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the GMUX blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


PRC-091-2040 44 of 83


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the GMUX1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the GMUX changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the GMUX1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=gmuxjkl sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

...view eqp end

12. DOWNLOADING PSWC FROM DAT

12.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "PSWC".


12.2 PROCEDURE

12.2.1 Download to the PSWC on the system 0 side (PSWC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the PSWC mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


PRC-091-2040 45 of 83

• For the basic equipment


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=pswcjkl sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns

...view eqp end



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=pswcjkl sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm


...view eqp end

3 Start downloading to the PSWC0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp pswc0jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of PSWCs to be installed on the system 0 side on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the PSWC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf pswc0jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf pswc0jkl type=cur


pswc0jkl card=8C4A-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

5 Confirm the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf pswctype=dk command.


PRC-091-2040 46 of 83

swsh>view eqp dloadinf pswc type=dk


pswc dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8C4A-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

12.2.2 Download to the PSWC on the system 1 side (PSWC1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Start downloading to the PSWC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp pswc1jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of PSWC1s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

2 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the PSWC1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf pswc1jkltype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf pswc1jkl type=cur


pswc1jkl card=8C4A-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end


12.2.3 Execute the diagnostic test to the PSWC on the system 0 side (PSWC0)(For the basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the PSWC0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


PRC-091-2040 47 of 83


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg0jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the PSWC0blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the PSWC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the PSWC0 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the PSWC0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=pswcjkl sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

12.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the PSWC on the system 1 side (PSWC)(For the Basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


PRC-091-2040 48 of 83



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg1jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the PSWC1blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the PSWC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the PSWC1 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the PSWC1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


PRC-091-2040 49 of 83


...view eqp end

12.2.5 Execute the diagnostic test to the PSWC (For the extended equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm both PSWC0 and PSWC1 are out of service on the extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test to both PSWC0 and PSWC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxgijkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the CMPCblinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]

3 Place both PSWC0 and PSWC1 are in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp pswc0jkl command.

4 Confirm that the PSWC0 is active and the PSWC1 is on standby on the Extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #




PRC-091-2040 50 of 83

...view eqp end

13. DOWNLOADING PRLC FROM DAT

13.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "PRLC".


• Download after the higher equipment "PSWC" downloads the firmware correctly.

13.2 PROCEDURE

13.2.1 Download to the PRLC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the PRLC in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcijklm command.

swsh>view eqp prlcijklm

# prlc state #

dev=prlcijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

3 Block the PRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk prlcijklm command.

4 Place the PRLC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp prlcijklm command.

5 Confirm that the PRLC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp prlcijklm• view eqp prlcall

swsh>view eqp prlcall

# prlc state #


PRC-091-2040 51 of 83

dev=prlcijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

6 Start downloading to the PRLC.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp prlcijklmfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp prlcjklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


prlcijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of PRLCs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

7 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the PRLC. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinfprlcijklm type=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf prlcijklm type=cur


prlcijklm card=2976-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

8 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDDD) is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf prlctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf prlc type=dk


prlc dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=2976-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

13.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the PRLC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the PRLC is out of service. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 52 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcijklm command.


# prlc state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec prlcijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the PRLC blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]

3 Confirm that the PRLC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcijklm command.


# prlc state #


4 Place the PRLC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp prlcijklmcommand.

5 Unblock the PRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk prlcijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the PRLC changes to green. [ ]

6 Confirm that the PRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp prlcijklm• view eqp prlcall


# prlc state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat Procedures 13.2.1 and 13.2.2.


PRC-091-2040 53 of 83

14. DOWNLOADING DTSC FROM DAT

14.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "DTSC".


14.2 PROCEDURE

14.2.1 Download to DTSC on the system 0 side (DTSC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the DTSC mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.• For the basic equipment


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=dtscjkl sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns

...view eqp end

swsh>



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=dtscjkl sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm



PRC-091-2040 54 of 83

...view eqp end

3 Start downloading to the DTSC0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp dtsc0jklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of DTSC0s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the DTSC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf dtsc0jkltype=cur command.

swsh>dload eqp dloadinf dtsc0jkl type=cur


dtsc0jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

Confirm that the number of DTSC0s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

5 Confirm the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf dtsctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf dtsc type=dk


dtsc dir=/load/fwdt/data


...view eqp end

14.2.2 Download to the DTSC on the system 1 side (DTSC1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Start downloading to the DTSC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp dtsc1jkl fn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of DTSCs to be installed on the system 1 side on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

2 Confirm firmware version is new on the DTSC1. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 55 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf dtsc1jkltype=cur command.

swsh>dload eqp dloadinf dtsc0jkl type=cur


dtsc0jkl card=8C2T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

Confirm that the number of DTSC1 on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]


14.2.3 Execute the diagnostic test to the DTSC on the system 0 side (DTSC0)(For the basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the DTSC0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 56 of 83

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg0jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the DTSC0blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the DTSC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DTSC0 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the DTSC0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=dtscjkl sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

14.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the DTSC on the system 1 side (DTSC1)(For the basic equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS




PRC-091-2040 57 of 83

# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg1jkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the DTSC1blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the DTSC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DTSC1 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the DTSC1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 58 of 83

14.2.5 Execute the diagnostic test to the DTSC (For the extended equipment only)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm both DTSC0 and DTSC1 are out of service on the extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test to both DTSC0 and DTSC1Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxgijkdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the DTSC blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]

3 Place both DTSC0 and DTSC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dtsc0jkl command.

4 Confirm that the DTSC0 in active and the DTSC1 is on standby on the extended equipment. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



...view eqp end

15. DOWNLOADING WCMPS FROM DAT

15.1 CONDITIONS


PRC-091-2040 59 of 83


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "WCMPS".


15.2 PROCEDURE

15.2.1 Download to the WCMPS

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Insert the firmware DAT tape into DAT05. Confirm that the LED of the DAT05 panel lights up. [ ]

2 Confirm that the WCMPS mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsijkl command.

swsh>view eqp wcmpsijkl

# wcmps state #

dev=wcmpsijkl sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=cns

3 Start downloading to the WCMPS.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp wcmpsijklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp wcmpsijkl fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


wcmpsijkl rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of WCMPS’s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the WCMPS. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinfwcmpsijkl type=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf wcmpsijkl type=cur


wcmpsijkl card=8D0T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


PRC-091-2040 60 of 83


...view eqp end

5 Confirm the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf wcmpstype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf wcmps type=dk


wcmps dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8D0T-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

15.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the WCMPS

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the WCMPS is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsijkl command.


# wcmps state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec wcmpsijkldgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the WCMPS blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# wcmps state #


4 Place the WCMPS in service.


PRC-091-2040 61 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp wcmpsijklcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the WCMPS changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the WCMPS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsijkl command.


# wcmps state #

dev=wcmpsijkl sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

16. DOWNLOADING WCMPD FROM DAT

16.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "WCMPD".


16.2 PROCEDURE

16.2.1 Download to WCMPD on the system 0 side (WCMPD0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the WCMPD mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.

swsh>view eqp wcmpdjklm

# wcmpd state #

dev=wcmpdjklm sys_0=ous sys_1=ous md=cns

...view eqp end

3 Start downloading to the WCMPD0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp wcmpd0jklmfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of WCMPDs on the message displayed is the same as on the check


PRC-091-2040 62 of 83

sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the WCMPD0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinfwcmpd0jklm type=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf wcmpd0jklm type=cur


wcmpd0jklm card=8D0T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

Confirm that the version is the same as on the firmware list. [ ]

5 Confirm the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf wcmpd type=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf wcmpd type=dk


wcmpd dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8D0T-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

16.2.2 Download to the WCMPD on the system 1 side (WCMPD1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Start downloading to the WCMPD1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp wcmpd1jklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all command.Confirm that the number of WCMPD1s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

2 Confirm firmware version is new on the WCMPD1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf wcmpd1jklm type=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf wcmpd1jklm type=cur


wcmpdijklm card=8D0T-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


PRC-091-2040 63 of 83


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 64 of 83

16.2.3 Execute the diagnostic test to the WCMPD on the system 0 side (WCMPD0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.


# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec wcmpd0jklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the WCMPD0blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the WCMPD0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp wcmpd0jklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the WCMPD0 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.


# wcmpd state #

dev=wcmpdjklm sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 65 of 83

16.2.4 Execute the diagnostic test to the WCMPD on the system 1 side (WCMPD1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS



# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec wcmpd1jklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the WCMPD1blinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end


5 Confirm that the WCMPD1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.


# wcmpd state #

dev=wcmpdjklm sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 66 of 83

17. DOWNLOADING MDTI FROM DAT

17.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "MDTI".


• Download after the higher equipment "DTSC" downloads the firmware correctly.

17.2 PROCEDURE

17.2.1 Download to the MDTI

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the MDTI mode (md) is under construction (cns). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mdtiijklm command.

swsh>view eqp mdtiijklm

# mdti state #

dev=mdtiijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=cns

3 Start downloading to the MDTI.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp mdtiijklmfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp mdtiijklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


mdtiijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of MDTIs to be installed on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

4 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the MDTI. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinfmdtiijklm type=cur command.


PRC-091-2040 67 of 83

swsh>view dloadinf mdtiijklm type=cur


mdtiijklm card=8D0R-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end

5 Confirm the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf mdtitype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf mdti type=dk


mdti dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8D0R-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

17.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the MDTI

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the MDTI is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mdtiijklm command.


# mdti state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mdtiijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the MDTI blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]




PRC-091-2040 68 of 83

# mdti state #


4 Place the MDTI in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mdtiijklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the MDTI changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that the MDTI in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mdtiijklm command.


# mdti state #

dev=mdtiijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

18. DOWNLOADING HSDST FROM DAT

18.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "HSDST".



18.2 PROCEDURE

18.2.1 Download to the HSDST

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the HSDST in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hsdpsijkl command.

swsh>view eqp hsdpsijkl

# hsdps state #

dev=hsdpsijkl sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---


PRC-091-2040 69 of 83

...view eqp end

3 Block the HSDST.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk hsdpsijkl command.

4 Place the HSDST out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp hsdpsijkl command.

5 Confirm that the HSDST is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp hsdpsijkl• view eqp hsdpsall

swsh>view eqp hsdpsall

# hsdps state #

dev=hsdpsijkl sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

6 Start downloading to the HSDST.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp hsdpsijklfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp hsdpsijkl fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


hsdpsijkl rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of HSDSTs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

7 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the HSDST. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinfhsdpsijkl type=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hsdpsijkl type=cur


hsdpsijkl card=8D1M-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 70 of 83

8 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is the same version as the HSDST. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf hsdpstype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hsdps type=dk


hsdps dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8D1M-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

18.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the HSDST

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the HSDST is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hsdpsijkl command.


# hsdps state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hsdpsijkldgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the HSDSTblinks in orange. [ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# hsdps state #


4 Place the HSDST in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp hsdpsijklcommand.

5 Unblock the HSDST.


PRC-091-2040 71 of 83

Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk hsdpsijkl command.Confirm that the INS LED of the HSDST changes to green. [ ]

6 Confirm that the HSDST is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp hsdpsijkl• view eqp hsdpsall


# hsdps state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat Procedures 18.2.1 and 18.2.2 for all HSDSTs.

19. DOWNLOADING HSPRLC FROM DAT

19.1 CONDITIONS


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "HSPRLC".


• Download after the higher equipment "PSWC" downloads the firmware correctly.

19.2 PROCEDURE

19.2.1 Download to the HSPRLC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the HSPRLC in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hprlcijklmcommand.

swsh>view eqp hprlcijklm

# hprlc state #


PRC-091-2040 72 of 83

dev=hprlcijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

3 Block the HSPRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk hprlcijklm command.

4 Place the HSPRLC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp hprlcijklmcommand.

5 Confirm that the HSPRLC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp hprlcijklm• view eqp hprlcall

swsh>view eqp hprlcall

# hprlc state #

dev=hprlcijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

6 Start downloading to the HSPRLC.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp hprlcijklmfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp hprlcijklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


hprlcijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

Confirm that the number of HSPRLCs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

7 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the HSPRLC. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinfhprlcijklm type=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hprlcijklm type=cur


hprlcijklm card=8D1W-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD



PRC-091-2040 73 of 83

...view eqp end

8 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDDD) is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf hprlctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf hprlc type=dk


hprlc dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8D1W-DDD fn=dfile.DDD date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

19.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the HSPRLC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the HSPRLC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hprlcijklmcommand.


# hprlc state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hprlcijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the HSPRLCblinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# hprlc state #


4 Place the HSPRLC in service.


PRC-091-2040 74 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp hprlcijklmcommand.

5 Unblock the HSPRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk hprlcijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the HSPRLC changes to green. [ ]

6 Confirm that the HSPRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the following commands.• view eqp hprlcijklm• view eqp hprlcall


# hprlc state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat Procedures 19.2.1 and 19.2.2.

20. DOWNLOADING ANC FROM DAT (Example for N+1 / single system cards)

20.1 CONDITIONS

• Use this procedure as an example for N+1 / single system cards when the firmware version is updated after placing the card in service.


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "ANC".



20.2 PROCEDURE

20.2.1 Download to the ANC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the ANC in service. [ ]


PRC-091-2040 75 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancijklm command.


# anc state #





# anc state #


5 Start downloading to the ANC.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp ancijklmfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.

swsh>dload eqp ancijklm fn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05


ancijklm rslt=load_end

...dload eqp end

swsh>

Confirm that the number of ANCs on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]Note: From the second time on, download with the dload eqp ancijklm

fn=dfile.DDD type=all command.

6 Confirm that the firmware version is new on the ANC. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf ancijklmtype=cur command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf ancijklm type=cur


ancijklm card=8C1Z-DDD kind_file=0000 ver=DDD


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 76 of 83

swsh>

7 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf anctype=dk command.

swsh>view eqp dloadinf anc type=dk


anc dir=/load/fwdt/data

card=8C1Z-DDD fn=dfile.CCC date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end

swsh>

20.2.2 Execute the diagnostic test to the ANC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS



# anc state #


2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec ancijklmdgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the ANC blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]



# anc state #


4 Place the ANC in service.


PRC-091-2040 77 of 83

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ancijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ANC changes to green. [ ]



# anc state #


Note: Repeat Procedures 20.2.1 and 20.2.2 for all the ANCs.

21. DOWNLOADING BLSC FROM DAT (Example for duplicated system cards)

21.1 CONDITIONS

• Use this procedure as an example for duplicated system cards when the firmware version is updated after placing the card in service.


• Prepare the firmware DAT tape "BLSC".

21.2 PROCEDURE


STEP ACTION/REMARKS



swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 78 of 83



swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

5 Start downloading to the BLSC0.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp blsc0jkfn=dfile.DDD type=all dev_from=dat05 command.Confirm that the number of BLSC0s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

6 Confirm that the firmware version (ver=DDD) is new on the BLSC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsc0jktype=cur command.





...view eqp end

7 Confirm that the download file information (fn=dfile.DDD) in the DK is the same version as the BLSC0. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsctype=dk command.






PRC-091-2040 79 of 83

...view eqp end


PRC-091-2040 80 of 83


STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end



swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the BLSC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the BLSC0 changes to green. [ ]


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


PRC-091-2040 81 of 83


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

6 Set the BLSC0 to standby and the BLSC1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp atm command.

7 Confirm that the BLSC0 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end


STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the download file information in the DK is correct. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsctype=dk command.




card=8C6Q-DDD fn=dfile.CCC date_crtn=MM/DD/YYYY

...view eqp end


3 Confirm that the BLSC1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp blsc command.

swsh>view eqp atm


PRC-091-2040 82 of 83

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

4 Start downloading to the BLSC1.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dload eqp blsc1jk fn=dfile.CCC type=all command.Confirm that the number of BLSC1s on the message displayed is the same as on the check sheet. [ ]

5 Confirm firmware version is new on the BLSC1. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dloadinf blsc1jk type=cur command.





...view eqp end


STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

2 Execute the diagnostic test.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec atm1dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.


PRC-091-2040 83 of 83

Confirm that the diagnostic test is running by checking that the INS LED of the BLSC1blinks in orange.[ ]Confirm that the diagnostic test finishes without an error message displayed. [ ]


swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

4 Place the BLSC1 in serviceUse the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the BLSC1 changes to green. [ ]

5 Confirm that both BLSC0 and BLSC1 are in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp blsc command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2050-05 (E)-03 Physical Data Setup

PRC-091-2050 1 of 2

Physical Data Setup

1. SUMMARY

Register the physical location pattern (D1) and the detailed location data (D2) necessary to analyze a fault or a diagnosis for the Radio Network Controller (RNC).

2. BULK DATA CONTROL REGISTRATION

2.1 CONDITIONS

• Prepare the D1 and D2 data on the Digital Audio Tape (DAT).

2.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the contents of the DAT is correct.Use the [Physical Equipment Browser] window or the view bldp d1 datij command.

2 Load the physical location data from DAT.Use the [Physical Equipment Browser] window or the load bldp d1 datij command.

3 Update the loaded data to the Database Management System (DBMS).Use the [Physical Equipment Browser] window or the mod bldp d1 command.

3. BULK DATA CONTROL CONFIRMATION

3.1 CONDITIONS

• Prepare installation drawing (card mounting layout).

3.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Update actual physical location data (D2).Use the mod bldp d2 command.

2 Display the registered physical location data.Use the [Physical Equipment Browser] window or the view bldpCCCCCCCCCC[DDDDDDDDDD] command.Note: Please execute the procedures written above when the configuration is changed.

3 Confirm that the physical locations are correctly registered. [ ]

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2050-05 (E)-03 Physical Data Setup

PRC-091-2050 2 of 2

Compare the data with the installation drawing.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2060-05 (E)-02 Date Setup

PRC-091-2060 1 of 1

Date Setup

1. SUMMARY

Correct date and time must be registered to the Radio Network Controller (RNC).

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Set the date and time.Use the [Day and Time] window or the set dat date=MMDDYYYY tm=HHMMSS mstcommand.

2 Check the set data. [ ]Use the [Day and Time] window or the view dat command.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2070-01 (E)-01 Backup File Creation

PRC-091-2070 1 of 1

Backup File Creation

1. SUMMARY

Just in case, create a backup file for the commissioning test.

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Create the backup file.Use the [Backup File Creation] window or the cre bkf datij kind=syslmvol=CCCCCCCC command.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-2080-01 (E)-01 DBMS Backup File Creation

PRC-091-2080 1 of 1

DBMS Backup File Creation

1. SUMMARY

Just in case, create a DBMS backup file for the commissioning test.

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Create the DBMS backup file.Use the dload dbf datXX dbfl=CCCCCCCC command.

2 Confirm that the file is correctly created.Use the view dbf datXX command.

Note: XX is DAT device 05 or 15.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 7ALARM TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3010-05 (E)-02 ALIND Alarm Test

PRC-091-3010 1 of 1

ALIND Alarm Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Alarm Indicator (ALIND) raises an alarm when a fault occurs.

2. CONDITIONS

• Turn off the ALIND alarm indication.

• Release the Alarm BELL CUT.

• Prepare the clip cable.

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Connect one end of the clip cable to Ground, and then the other end to the Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) object terminal.Confirm that CR, MJ, or MN LED is ON and a rumbling sound is heard at the Visual Alarm Panel (VALP). [ ]

2 Change the toggle switch to BELL CUT to turn off the sound.

3 Disconnect the clip cable from the IDF object terminal.CR, MJ, or MN LED goes off on the VALP.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3020-05 (E)-02 Power Alarm Test

PRC-091-3020 1 of 3

Power Alarm Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that an alarm is output when a power failure occurs in a Disk (DK) or a Digital Audio Tape (DAT).

2. CONDITIONS

• Turn off the DK or the DAT alarm indication.

• Turn on the BELL CUT toggle switch of Visual Alarm Panel (VALP).

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Place the DK00 and the DAT05 out of service

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that all the DKs and DATs are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

2 Place the DK00 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp dk00 command.

3 Place the DAT05 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp dat05 command.

4 Confirm that the DK00 and the DAT05 are out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

3.2 Turn off/on the power switch

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Reset an alarm.Confirm that an alarm message is displayed on the terminal, and all the "Critical", "Major", and "Minor" alarm messages of the [Message Browser] window are cancelled.

2 Turn off the power switch on the DK/DAT.Confirm that each one of the following is working. [ ]• Alarm LED• VALP CR LED (there is a rumbling sound)• CR message on [Message Browser] window

0224022 power_card_fault


PRC-091-3020 2 of 3

3 Turn on the power switch on the DK00 and the DAT05.The following message is displayed.0224023 power_card_fault_recovery

4 Reset the alarm.Confirm that each one of the following alarms turns off. [ ]• Alarm LED• VALP CR LED (there is no rumbling sound)• CR LED on the [Alarm Panel] window• IF message on [Message Browser] window

5 Execute "Autonomous Message Window", "Command Transmit", and "Reset All Messages".Confirm that an alarm message is displayed on the terminal, and all the "Critical", "Major", and "Minor" alarm messages of [Message Browser] window have been cancelled.

3.3 Place the DK00 and the DAT05 in service

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the DK00 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dk00 command.

2 Place the DAT05 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dat05 command.

3 Confirm that the DK00 and the DAT05 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

3.4 Place the DK10 and the DAT15 out of service

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the DK10 and the DAT15 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

2 Place the DK10 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp dk10 command.




PRC-091-3020 3 of 3

3.5 Turn off/on the power switch

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Reset the alarm.Confirm that the message is displayed on the terminal, and all the "Critical", "Major", and "Minor" alarm messages of [Message Browser] window are cancelled.

2 Turn off the power switch on the DK/DAT.Confirm each one of the following is working. [ ]• Alarm LED is turned on.• VALP CR LED is on and there is a rumbling sound.• CR message on [Message Browser] window.

0224022 power_card_fault

3 Turn on the power switch on the DK/DAT.The following message is displayed.0224023 power_card_fault_recovery

4 Reset the alarm.Confirm that each one of the following turns off. [ ]• Alarm LED• VALP CR LED (there is no rumbling sound)• CR LED on the [Alarm Panel] window• IF message on the autonomous message window

5 Execute "Autonomous Message Window", "Command Transmit", and "Reset All Messages".Confirm that the message is shown on the terminal, and all the "Critical", "Major", and "Minor" alarm messages of [Message Browser] window have been cancelled.

3.6 Place the DK10 and the DAT15 in service

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the DK10 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dk10 command.



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3030-05 (E)-02 Fan Alarm Test

PRC-091-3030 1 of 2

Fan Alarm Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the FAN alarm is output when a fault occurs in the FANM.

2. CONDITIONS

• Turn off the FAN alarm indication.

• The BELL CUT toggle switch of Visual Alarm Panel (VALP) is on.

• Prepare a broken fuse for testing.

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the alarm number status is off. [ ]Use the [Message Browser] window or the view alm almsg_no=0224026 type=dtl command.

2 Insert the broken fuse into the fuse socket on the fan unit.Note: Repeat the steps 3 through 10 on all units.

3 Confirm the faulty equipment number on the check point (CP) 1/Check Sheet. [ ]

0224026 fan_fault frmaijklmn

4 Confirm the following.• Alarm LED has lit.[ ]• VALP CR LED has lit. [ ]• Alarm message on the [Message Browser] window [ ]

5 Remove the broken fuse, and insert the normal fuse.

6 Confirm that the fault recovery message is displayed, and check the equipment number on the check point (CP) 2 / Check Sheet. [ ]

0224027 fan_fault_recovery frmaijklmn

7 Confirm the following.• Alarm LED turns off. [ ]• Alarm Panel indicates that the alarm turns off. [ ]

8 Reset the CR alarm.Use the [Alarm Panel] window or the rst alm cls_alm=all command.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3030-05 (E)-02 Fan Alarm Test

PRC-091-3030 2 of 2

9 Confirm that the CR alarm on VALP is off. [ ]

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3035-05 (E)-02 Fan Alarm Test for eRNC

PRC-091-3035 1 of 2

Fan Alarm Test for eRNC

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the FAN alarm is output when a fault occurs in the FANM.

2. CONDITIONS

• Turn off the FAN alarm indication.



3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the alarm number status is off.Use the [Message Browser] window or the view alm almsg_no=0224026 type=dtl command. [ ]

2 Pull out mate ’n’ lock connector (NSA-106264-004) behind B-FANM as the following order: PC2->PC1->PC0Note: Do not pull them out all at the same time.

3 Remove the screw of B-FANM (front side), and draw forward B-FANM.

4 Take out all 6 mounted fuses inside card (P-8W35) on the B-FANM.

5 Insert only PC0 of mate ’n’ lock connector behind the B-FANM.

6 Insert the broken fuse into the B-FANM.

7 Confirm that the faulty equipment number is the same as on the check point (CP) 1/Check Sheet. [ ]

0224026 fan_fault frmaijklmn

8 Confirm the following.• Alarm LED has lit. [ ]• VALP CR LED has lit. [ ]• Alarm message is output on the [Message Browser] window. [ ]


10 Confirm that the fault recovery message is displayed, and that the equipment number is the same as on the check point (CP) 2 / Check Sheet. [ ]

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3035-05 (E)-02 Fan Alarm Test for eRNC

PRC-091-3035 2 of 2

0224027 fan_fault_recovery frmaijklmn

11 Confirm the following.• Alarm LED turns off. [ ]• The [Message Browser] indicates that the alarm turns off. [ ]

12 After confirming that all the fuses have not been mounted inside the card (P-8W35) on the B-FANM, pull out PC0 of mate ’n’ lock connector behind the B-FANM.

13 Mount all 6 fuses back inside the card (P-8W35) on the B-FANM.

14 After inserting the mate ’n’ lock connector PC0, confirm that FAN 0 and 1 turn on. After inserting the mate ’n’ lock connector PC1, confirm that FAN 2 and 3 turn on. After inserting the mate ’n’ lock connector PC2, confirm that FAN 4 and 5 turn on. Note: Confirm that the mate ‘n’ lock connectors are secure.

15 Place the stored B-FANM in the correct place, and fix it with screws.Confirm that there are no ALM lights and no abnormal sounds. [ ]

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3040-05 (E)-03 Fuse Alarm Test

PRC-091-3040 1 of 2

Fuse Alarm Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the fuse alarm is output when a fuse blows.

2. CONDITIONS

• Turn off the fuse alarm indication.



3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the alarm number status is off. [ ]Use the [Message Browser] window or the view alm almsg_no=0224024 type=dtl command.

2 Insert the broken fuse into SABx on the power unit.In case of system 0, insert the broken fuse into SAB0.In case of system 1, insert the broken fuse into SAB1.

3 Confirm the faulty equipment number. [ ]0224024 fuse_or_breaker_alarm frmaijklmn

4 Confirm the following.• Frame alarm has not lit. (in case of system 0) [ ]• Frame alarm has lit. (in case of system 1) [ ]• VALP CR LED has lit. [ ]• Alarm message is output on the [Message Browser] window. [ ]


6 Confirm that the fault recovery message is displayed, and confirm the equipment number. [ ]0224025 fuse_or_breaker_alarm_canceled frmaijklmn

7 Confirm the following.• Frame alarm turns off. (only in case of system 1)[ ]• Alarm Panel indicates that the alarm turns off. [ ]

8 Reset the CR alarm.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3040-05 (E)-03 Fuse Alarm Test

PRC-091-3040 2 of 2

Use the [Alarm Panel] window or the rst alm cls_alm=all command.Confirm that the CR alarm on VALP is off. [ ]

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3050-05 (E)-02 ALMC Alarm Test

PRC-091-3050 1 of 1

ALMC Alarm Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the ALMC fault alarm function is output when an ALMC fault occurs.

2. CONDITIONS

• Turn off the ALMC alarm indication.


3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the alarm number status is off. [ ]Use the [Message Browser] window or the view alm almsg_no=0224020 command.

2 Pull the alarm collector (ALMC) card.

3 Confirm the faulty equipment number. [ ]

0224020 alarm_collector_fault almcijklmn

4 Confirm the following.• VALP CR LED has turned on. [ ]• Alarm message is output on the [Message Browser] window [ ]

5 Place the back (ALMC) card.

6 Confirm that the fault recovery message is displayed, and confirm the equipment number. [ ]

0224021 alarm_collector_fault_recovery almcijklmn

7 Confirm the following.• Alarm Panel indicates that the alarm is off. [ ]• VALP MJ LED turns off. [ ]

8 Reset the MJ alarm.Use the [Alarm Panel] window or the rst alm cls_alm=all command.Confirm that the MJ alarm on VALP is off. [ ]

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-3100-05 (E)-03 External Alarm Test

PRC-091-3100 1 of 5

External Alarm Test

1. SUMMARY

This test checks the external alarm function of the Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) in the on-line operation. This test is performed for all kinds of external alarm shown in Table 1. Although the system can be equipped with 48 external alarms, only 23 alarms (ALM00 to ALM24 except ALM20/ALM21) are used at the present (ALM25 to ALM 47 are reserved).

2. CONDITIONS

• The external alarm indication is off.

• The BELL CUT toggle switch on the Visual Alarm Panel (VALP) is on.

• Prepare the clip cable.

• Refer to the Installation Drawing (IDF assignment, IDF jumper list, cable running list).For an example of an IDF assignment, refer to IDF Assignment in the “Installation Manual”.For an example of an IDF jumper list, refer to JUMPER LIST in the “Installation Manual”.For an example a the cable running list, refer to Cable Running List of “Installation Manual”.

3. PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Connect one end of the clip cable to the Ground, and then the other end to the IDF object terminal.Confirm that CR, MJ, or MN LED lights and a rumbling sound is heard at the VALP. [ ]Confirm that the alarm message is output to the Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC). [ ]

2 Change the toggle switch to BELL CUT to turn off the sound.

3 Disconnect the clip cable from the IDF object terminal.CR, MJ, or MN LED turns off on the VALP.Confirm that the recovery message is output to the LMT-RNC. [ ]


PRC-091-3100 2 of 5

Table 1 External Alarm Message List (1/4)

Alarm Lead

Alarm Function

Alarm Class

Alarm Message & Recovery Message

ALM00 Fire CR 0224032 (*) fire_occurred

IF 0224033 (032) fire_exitinguished

ALM01 Door MN 0224034 (*) enclosure_door_opened

IF 0224035 (034) enclosure_door_closed

ALM02 Aircon 0 MJ 0224036 (*) air_conditioner0_fault

IF 0224037 (036) air_conditioner0_fault_recovery

ALM03 Rectifier 0 CR 0224040 (*) rectifier0_fault

IF 0224041 (040) rectifier0_fault_recovery

ALM04 Commercial Power 0

CR 0224052 (*) commercial_power0_down

IF 0224053 (052) commercial_power0_recovered

ALM05 Battery CR 0224050 (*) battery_discharged

IF 0224051 (050) battery_charged

ALM06 Fuel MJ 0224056 (*) engine_generator_fuel_level_low

IF 0224057 (056) engine_generator_fuel_resupplied

ALM07 Engine MJ 0224058 (*) engine_generator_fault

IF 0224059 (058) engine_generator_fault_recovery

ALM08 PDF CR 0224070 (*) power_distribution_frame_fault

IF 0224071 (070) power_distribution_frame_fault_recovery

ALM09 Aircon 1 MJ 0224038 (*) air_conditioner1_fault

IF 0224039 (038) air_conditioner1_fault_recovery


PRC-091-3100 3 of 5





ALM12 Flood CR 0224046 (*) flood_occurred

IF 0224047 (046) flood_alleviated

ALM13 Toxic MN 0224048 (*) critical_level_of_toxic_gas_detected

IF 0224049 (048) toxic_gas_dispersed

ALM14 Commercial Power 1

CR 0224054 (*) commercial_power1_down

IF 0224055 (054) commercial_power1_recovered

ALM15 Temperature MJ 0224060 (*) abnormal_temperature_detected

IF 0224061 (061) temperature_returned_to_normal

ALM16 Humidity MJ 0224062 (*) abnormal_humidity_detected

IF 0224063 (062) humidity_returned_to_normal

ALM17 Transmission 0 MJ 0224064 (*) transmission0_fault

IF 0224065 (064) transmission0_fault_recovery

ALM18 Transmission 1 MJ 0224066 (*) transmission1_fault

IF 0224067 (066) transmission1_fault_recovery

ALM19 O&M Inverter MJ 0224068 (*) o&m_terminal_inverter_fault

IF 0224069 (068) o&m_terminal_inverter_fault_recovery

ALM20 Spare

ALM21 Spare


Alarm Lead

Alarm Function

Alarm Class



PRC-091-3100 4 of 5

ALM22 Temperature 0(70°C)

MJ 0224076 (*) temperature_is_70c_or_over(_omp_frame)

IF 0224077 (076) temperature_is_below_70c(_omp_frame)


MJ 0224078 (*) temperature_is_70c_or_over (_nonomp_frame)

IF 0224079 (078) temperature_is_below_70c (_nonomp_frame)


CR 0224080 (*) temperature_is_100c_or_over

IF 0224081 (080) temperature_is_below_100c

ALM25 Spare

ALM26 Spare

ALM27 Spare

ALM28 Spare

ALM29 Spare

ALM30 Spare

ALM31 Spare

ALM32 Spare

ALM33 Spare

ALM34 Spare

ALM35 Spare

ALM36 Spare

ALM37 Spare

ALM38 Spare

ALM39 Spare

ALM40 Spare

ALM41 Spare

ALM42 Spare


Alarm Lead

Alarm Function

Alarm Class



PRC-091-3100 5 of 5

Note: Information (IF) is a recovery message.

ALM43 Spare

ALM44 Spare

ALM45 Spare

ALM46 Spare

ALM47 Spare


Alarm Lead

Alarm Function

Alarm Class


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 8DIAGNOSTIC TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4000-05 (E)-02 CP Diagnosis

PRC-091-4000 1 of 4

CP Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Control Processor (CP) is operating normally .

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the target CPs in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the CP1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.

swsh>view eqp cpall

# processor state #

cpDD sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

...view eqp end

Note: If the CP0 is on standby, change it to active using the [Logical Equipment Browser]window or the chg eqp cpDD command.

2 Place the CP1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp cpDD-cp1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CP1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.

swsh>view eqp cpall

# processor state #

cpDD sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end


PRC-091-4000 2 of 4

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cpDD-cp1 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec cpDD-cp1

## diagnostic test start cpDD-cp1 ##

// diagnosis in progress tm=HH:MM:SS dgt_ph=D/fix dgt_prg=DD%

...dgt eqp end

5 Confirm that the result of diagnosis is OK. [ ]Use the [Diagnosis Result and Information] window or the command reply message.

6 Place the CP1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cpDD-cp1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the target card is green. [ ]


swsh>view eqp cpall

# processor state #


...view eqp end

8 Set to the CP0 to standby and the CP1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cpDD command.


PRC-091-4000 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose the CP0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CP0 is on standby and the CP1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.

swsh>view eqp cpall

# processor state #

cpDD sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Place the CP0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp cpDD-cp0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CP0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the CP0 is out of service and the CP1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.

swsh>view eqp cpall

# processor state #

cpDD sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cpDD-cp0 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec cpDD-cp0

## diagnostic test start cpDD-cp0 ##


...dgt eqp end


PRC-091-4000 4 of 4


6 Place the CP0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cpDD-cp0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CP0 changes to green. [ ]


swsh>view eqp cpall

# processor state #


...view eqp end

8 Set to the CP0 to active and the CP1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cpDD command.


swsh>view eqp cpall

# processor state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4005-05 (E)-02 SCC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4005 1 of 5

SCC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the SCSI Controller (SCC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the SCCs and their subordinate DKs in service.

• Both DKs have the same contents by mirroring.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the SCC0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that all DKs subordinate to the SCC are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc

# i/o equipment state #

# controller no #

dev=cp00-scc0 st=ins md=nrm

# device state #

dev=cp00-dk00 st=ins md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldk00

dev=cp00-dk000 st=ins(CCC) md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldk000

: : : :


dev=cp00-dat05 st=ins md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldat05

# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end

2 Place the SCC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp scc0 command.

3 Confirm that the SCC0 is out of service and the SCC1 is in service. [ ]


PRC-091-4005 2 of 5

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #

dev=cp00-scc0 st=ous md=nrm

# device state #

dev=cp00-dk00 st=uav_ins md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldk00


: : : :


dev=cp00-dat05 st=uav_ins md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldat05

# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec scc0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec scc0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start cpDD-scc0 ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the SCC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp scc0 command.Recovery copy starts.


PRC-091-4005 3 of 5

7 Confirm that the subordinate DK00 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #


dev=cp00-dk000 st=ous md=rccpy(DD%)dev_log=cp00-ldk000

: : : :

dev=cp00-dk009 st=ous md=rccpy(DD%)dev_log=cp00-ldk009


# controller no #


# device state #



: : :



...view eqp end

Note: Wait 10 hours until recovery copy of DK is completed.


PRC-091-4005 4 of 5

3.2 Diagnose the SCC1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the SCC0 is in service and SCC1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end

3 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec scc1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec scc1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start cpDD-scc1 ##

...dgt eqp end


PRC-091-4005 5 of 5


5 Place the SCC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp scc1 command.Recovery copy starts.

6 Confirm that the subordinate DK10 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #


dev=cp00-dk100 st=ous md=rccpy(DD%) dev_log=cp00-ldk000

: : : :

dev=cp00-dk109 st=ous md=rccpy(DD%) dev_log=cp00-ldk009


...view eqp end


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4010-05 (E)-03 COC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4010 1 of 5

COC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Communication Controller (COC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the COC0 diagnosis from the Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC)1.

• Execute the COC1 diagnosis from LMT-RNC0.

• Place the COCs in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the COC1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both COC0 and COC1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.

swsh>view eqp coc


# controller no #

dev=cp00-coc0 st=ins md=nrm

# i/o line state #

dev=cp00-rs00 st=ins md=nrm dev_log=cp00-lrs00

# lan line state #

dev=cp00-lan0 st=ins md=nrm dev_log=cp00-llan0

# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the RS10 under COC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp rs10 command.


PRC-091-4010 2 of 5

3 Place the LAN1 under COC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp lan1 command.

4 Place the COC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp coc1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the COC1 changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the COC1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.

swsh>view eqp coc


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


# controller no #

dev=cp00-coc1 st=ous md=nrm

# i/o line state #

dev=cp00-rs10 st=uav_ous md=nrm dev_log=cp00-lrs10

# lan line state #

dev=cp00-lan1 st=ous md=nrm dev_log=cp00-llan0

...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec coc1 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec coc1

## diagnostic test start coc1 ##

...dgt eqp end



PRC-091-4010 3 of 5

8 Place the COC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp coc1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the COC1 changes to green. [ ]

9 Place the RS10 under COC1 in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp rs10 command.

10 Place the LAN1 under COC1 out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp lan command.

11 Confirm that the COC1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.

swsh>view eqp coc


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


...view eqp end


PRC-091-4010 4 of 5

3.2 Diagnose the COC0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the RS00 under COC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp rs00 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the target card is orange. [ ]

2 Place the LAN0 under COC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp lan0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the target card is orange. [ ]

3 Place the COC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp coc0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the target card is orange. [ ]

4 Confirm that the COC0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.

swsh>view eqp coc


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


...view eqp end


PRC-091-4010 5 of 5

5 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec coc0 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec coc0

## diagnostic test start coc0 ##

...dgt eqp end


7 Place the COC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp coc0 command.Confirm the INS LED is green. [ ]

8 Place the RS00 under COC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp rs00 command.

9 Place the LAN0 under COC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp lan0 command.

10 Confirm that the COC0 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.

swsh>view eqp coc


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4015-05 (E)-02 DK Diagnosis

PRC-091-4015 1 of 5

DK Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Disk (DK) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the DKs in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the DK10

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both DK00 and DK10 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end

2 Place the DK10 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp dk1j/dk1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DK10 changes to orange. [ ]


PRC-091-4015 2 of 5

3 Confirm that the DK10 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #

dev=cp00-dk10 st=ous md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldk10


: : : :



...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec dk1j command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

For the DK/DAT system, the OPE LED of the DAT blinks.

swsh>dgt eqp exec dk1j

## diagnostic test start cpDD-dk1j ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the DK10 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dk1j/dk1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DK10 changes to green. [ ]Note: Wait 10 hours until recovery of DK is completed.

7 Confirm the DK00 is in service (mst) and the DK10 is in service (slv).Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.[ ]


PRC-091-4015 3 of 5

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #


dev=cp00-dk000 st=ins(mst) md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldk000

: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #


dev=cp00-dk100 st=ins(slv) md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldk000

: : : :



...view eqp end


PRC-091-4015 4 of 5

3.2 Diagnose the DK00

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the DK00 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp dk0j/dk0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DK00 changes to orange. [ ]

2 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec dk0j command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

For the DK/DAT system, the OPE LED of the DAT blinks.

swsh>dgt eqp exec dk0j

## diagnostic test start cpDD-dk0j ##

...dgt eqp end


4 Place the DK00 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dk0j/dk0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DK00 changes to green. [ ]Note: Wait 10 hours until recovery of DK is completed.

5 Confirm that the DK0 is in service (slv) and the DK1 is in service (mst). [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #




PRC-091-4015 5 of 5

: : : :



...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4020-05 (E)-02 DAT Diagnosis

PRC-091-4020 1 of 5

DAT Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Digital Audio Tape (DAT) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the DATs in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the DAT15

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both DAT05 and DAT15 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end

2 Insert a work tape into the DAT15.


4 Confirm that the DAT15 is out of service. [ ]


PRC-091-4020 2 of 5

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :


dev=cp00-dat15 st=ous md=nrm dev_log=cp00-ldat15

...view eqp end

5 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec dat15 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

For the DK/DAT system, the access LED of the DAT blinks.

swsh>dgt eqp exec dat15

## diagnostic test start cpDD-dat15 ##

...dgt eqp end




PRC-091-4020 3 of 5

8 Confirm that the DAT15 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end


PRC-091-4020 4 of 5

3.2 Diagnose the DAT05

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Transfer the work tape from the DAT15 to the DAT05.


3 Confirm that the DAT05 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.

swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end


PRC-091-4020 5 of 5

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec dat05 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

For the DK/DAT system, the access LED of the DAT blinks.

swsh>dgt eqp exec dat05

## diagnostic test start cpDD-dat05 ##

...dgt eqp end




swsh>view eqp scc


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4025-05 (E)-02 HUB Diagnosis

PRC-091-4025 1 of 4

HUB Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the HUB (HUB) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the HUB in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the HUB1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both HUB0 and HUB1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.Note: If the HUB0 is on standby, set it to active using the chg eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #


dev=hub0 sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm hubm16


...view eqp end

2 Place the HUB1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp hub1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the HUB1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the HUB0 is active and the HUB1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #


dev=hub0 sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm hubm16

dev=hub1 sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm hubm1

...view eqp end


PRC-091-4025 2 of 4

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hub1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec hub1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start hub1 ##


...dgt eqp end

5 Confirm that the result of diagnosis is normally completed. [ ]Use the [Diagnosis Result and Information] window or the command reply message.


7 Confirm that the HUB0 is active and the HUB1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #


dev=hub0 sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm humb16

dev=hub1 sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm humb1

...view eqp end

8 Set the HUB0 to standby and the HUB1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp hub command.


PRC-091-4025 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose the HUB0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #


dev=hub0 sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm hubm16


...view eqp end

2 Place the HUB0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp hub0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the HUB0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the HUB0 is out of service and the HUB1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #


dev=hub0 sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm humb16

dev=hub1 sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm humb1

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hub0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec hub0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start hub0 ##


...dgt eqp end


PRC-091-4025 4 of 4



7 Confirm that the HUB0 is on standby and the HUB1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #




...view eqp end

8 Set the HUB0 to active and the HUB1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp hub command.Confirm that the HUB0 is active and the HUB1 is on standby. [ ]

swsh>view eqp hub

# hub state #




...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4030-05 (E)-02 ATM Diagnosis

PRC-091-4030 1 of 4

ATM Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the ATM (LSW, BLSC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the ATM in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the ATM1 (LSW1, BLSC1)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both ATM0 and ATM1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.Note: If the ATM0 is on standby, change it to active using the [Logical Equipment

Browser] window or the chg eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the ATM1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp atm1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ATM1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the ATM0 is active and the ATM1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #



PRC-091-4030 2 of 4

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec atm1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec atm1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start atm1 ##


...dgt eqp end


6 Place the ATM1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ATM1 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the ATM0 is active and ATM1 is on standby in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the ATM0 to standby and the ATM1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp atm command.


PRC-091-4030 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose the ATM0 (LSW0, BLSC0)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the ATM0 is on standby and the ATM1 are active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the ATM0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp atm0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ATM0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the ATM0 is out of service and the ATM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec atm0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec atm0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start atm0 ##


...dgt eqp end


PRC-091-4030 4 of 4


6 Place the ATM0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ATM0 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the ATM0 is on standby and the ATM1 is active in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the ATM0 to active and the ATM1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp atm command.Confirm that the ATM0 is active and ATM1 is on standby in dual mode. [ ]

swsh>view eqp atm

# atm state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4035-05 (E)-02 CMXG Diagnosis

PRC-091-4035 1 of 4

CMXG Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Cell Multiplexer/Cell Multiplexer Extension (CMXG) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the CMXG in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the CMXG1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both CMXG0 and CMXG1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgall command.Note: If CMXG0 is on standby, change it to active using the [Logical Equipment

Browser] window or the chg eqp cmxgjk command.

swsh>view eqp cmxgall

# cmxg state #


# blsc state #

dev=CCCCjkl sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Place the CMXG1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMXG1 changes to orange. [ ]


PRC-091-4035 2 of 4

3 Confirm that the CMXG0 is active and the CMXG1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgall command.


# cmxg state #


# blsc state #

dev=CCCCjkl sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg1jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec cmxg1jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start cmxg1jk ##


...dgt eqp end


6 Place the CMXG1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMXG1 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the CMXG0 is active and the CMXG1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgall command.


# cmxg state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the CMXG0 to standby and the CMXG1 to active.


PRC-091-4035 3 of 4

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cmxgjk command.

3.2 Diagnose the CMXG0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CMXG0 is on standby and the CMXG1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #

dev=cmxgjk sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

# blsc state #

dev=CCCCjkl sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Place the CMXG0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMXG0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the CMXG0 is out of service and the CMXG1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgall command.


# cmxg state #

dev=cmxgjk sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

# blsc state #

dev=CCCCjkl sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmxg0jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec cmxg0jk dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start cmxg0jk ##



PRC-091-4035 4 of 4

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the CMXG0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMXG0 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the CMXG0 is on standby and the CMXG1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgall command.


# cmxg state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the CMXG0 to active and the CMXG1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cmxgjk command.Confirm that the CMXG0 is active and CMXG1 is on standby). [ ]Note: Repeat Procedures 3.1 and 3.2 for all CMUXs.


# cmxg state #


# blsc state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4040-05 (E)-02 C1HWM Diagnosis

PRC-091-4040 1 of 4

C1HWM Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the C1-Highway Interface Multi-Mode (C1HWM) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the C1HWM in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose C1HWM1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both C1HWM0 and C1HWM1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall command.Note: If C1HWM0 is on standby, change it to active using the [Logical Equipment

Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1djklmnop command.

swsh>view eqp ac1dall

# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=CCCCijk

...view eqp end

2 Place the C1HWM1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ac1d1jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the C1HWM1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is active and the C1HWM1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall command.


# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm cmux=CCCCijk

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec ac1d1jklmnop dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.


PRC-091-4040 2 of 4

Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec ac1d1jkomnop dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start ac1d1jklmnop ##


...dgt eqp end


6 Place the C1HWM1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ac1d1jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the C1HWM changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is active and the C1HWM1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall command.


# ac1d state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the C1HWM0 to standby and the C1HWM1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.


PRC-091-4040 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose C1HWM0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is on standby and the C1HWM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall command.


# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=CCCCijk

...view eqp end

2 Place the C1HWM0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ac1d0ijklmnopcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the C1HWM0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is out of service and C1HWM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall command.


# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=CCCCijk

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec ac1d0ijklmnop dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec ac1d0jkomnop dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start ac1d0jklmnop ##


...dgt eqp end


PRC-091-4040 4 of 4


6 Place the C1HWM0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ac1d0ijklmnopcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the C1HWM changes to green. [ ]



# ac1d state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the C1HWM0 to active and the C1HWM1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.Confirm that the C1HWM0 is active and C1HWM1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall command.


# ac1d state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat Procedures 3.1 and 3.2 for all C1HWMs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4045-05 (E)-02 SVC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4045 1 of 4

SVC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Supervisory Controller (SVC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the SVC in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the SVC1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both SVC0 and SVC1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.Note: If SVC0 is on standby, change it to active using the [Logical Equipment Browser]

window or the chg eqp svc command.

swsh>view eqp svc

# svc state #

sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Place the SVC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp svc1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the SVC1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the SVC0 is active and the SVC1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

swsh>view eqp svc

# svc state #

sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec svc1 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.


PRC-091-4045 2 of 4

swsh>dgt eqp exec svc1

## diagnostic test start svc1 ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the SVC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp svc1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the SVC1 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the SVC0 is active and the SVC1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

swsh>view eqp svc

# svc state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the SVC0 to standby and the SVC1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp svc command.


PRC-091-4045 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose the SVC0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that SVC0 is on standby and SVC1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

swsh>view eqp svc

# svc state #

sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Place the SVC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp svc0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the SVC0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the SVC0 is out of service and the SVC1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

swsh>view eqp svc

# svc state #

sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec svc0 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec svc0

## diagnostic test start svc0 ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the SVC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp svc0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the SVC0 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the SVC0 is on standby and the SVC1 is active. [ ]


PRC-091-4045 4 of 4

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

swsh>view eqp svc

# svc state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the SVC0 to active and the SVC1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp svc command.

9 Confirm that the SVC0 is active and the SVC1 on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

swsh>view eqp svc

# svc state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4050-05 (E)-02 MIF Diagnosis

PRC-091-4050 1 of 4

MIF Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Maintenance Interface (MIF) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the MIF in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the MIF1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both MIF0 and MIF1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

swsh>view eqp mif

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ins

...view eqp end

2 Place the MIF1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mif1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MIF1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the MIF0 is in service and the MIF1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

swsh>view eqp mif

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ous

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mif1 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec mif1

## diagnostic test start mif1 ##


PRC-091-4050 2 of 4

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the MIF1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mif1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MIF1 changes to green. [ ]


swsh>view eqp mif

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ins

...view eqp end


PRC-091-4050 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose the MIF0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


swsh>view eqp mif

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ins

...view eqp end

2 Place the MIF0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mif0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MIF0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the MIF0 is out of service and the MIF1 is in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

swsh>view eqp mif

# mif state #

eq_0=ous eq_1=ins

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mif0 command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec mif0

## diagnostic test start mif0 ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the MIF0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mif0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MIF0 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that both MIF0 and MIF1 are in service. [ ]


PRC-091-4050 4 of 4

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

swsh>view eqp mif

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ins

...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4055-05 (E)-02 MCLK Diagnosis

PRC-091-4055 1 of 4

MCLK Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Master Clock (MCLK) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the MCLK in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the MCLK1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both MCLK0 and MCLK1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mclk command.Note: If the MCLK0 is on standby, change it to active using the [Logical Equipment

Browser] window or the chg eqp mclk command.

swsh>view eqp mclk

# mclk state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the MCLK1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mclk1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MCLK1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the MCLK0 is active and the MCLK1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mclk command.

swsh>view eqp mclk

# mclk state #


...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mclk1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.


PRC-091-4055 2 of 4

swsh>dgt eqp exec mclk1 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start mclk1 ##

...dgt eqp end

swsh>


6 Place the MCLK1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mclk1 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MCLK1 changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the MCLK0 is active and the MCLK1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mclk command.

swsh>view eqp mclk

# mclk state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the MCLK0 to standby and the MCLK1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp mclk command.


PRC-091-4055 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose the MCLK0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the MCLK0 is on standby and the MCLK1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mclk command.

swsh>view eqp mclk

# mclk state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the MCLK0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mclk0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MCLK0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the MCLK0 is out of service and the MCLK1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mclk command.

swsh>view eqp mclk

# mclk state #


...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mclk0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec mclk0 dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start mclk0 ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the MCLK0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mclk0 command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MCLK0 changes to green. [ ]


PRC-091-4055 4 of 4


swsh>view eqp mclk

# mclk state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the MCLK0 to active and the MCLK1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp mclk command.Confirm that the MCLK0 is active and MCLK1 is standby in dual mode. [ ]

swsh>view eqp mclk

# mclk state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4057-05 (E)-02 TIFS Diagnosis

PRC-091-4057 1 of 3

TIFS Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Trunk Interface (Single) (TIFS) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the TIFS in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the TIFS.

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the TIFS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsall command.

swsh>view eqp tifsall

# tifs state #

dev=tifsijkl sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

2 Confirm that the subordinate AO3S is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsijkl command.


# tifs state #


# linf state #

dev=ao3sijklmno sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

3 Place the AO3S out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window, or the lock eqp ao3sijklmnocommand.


PRC-091-4057 2 of 3

4 Confirm that the AO3S is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsijkl command.


# tifs state #


# linf state #

dev=ao3sijklmno sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

5 Place the TIFS out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp tifsijkl command.Confirm that the INS LED of the TIFS changes to orange. [ ]

6 Confirm that the TIFS is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsall command.


# tifs state #

dev=tifsijkl sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

7 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec tifsijkl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec tifsijkl

## diagnostic test start tifsijkl ##

...dgt eqp end


9 Place the TIFS in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp tifsijkl command.Confirm that the INS LED of the TIFS changes to green. [ ]

10 Confirm that the TIFS0 is in service. [ ]


PRC-091-4057 3 of 3

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsall command.


# tifs state #


...view eqp end

11 Confirm that the AO3S is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsijkl command.

swsh>view eqp tifsijkl

# tifs state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

12 Place the AO3S in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ao3sijklmnocommand.

13 Confirm that the AO3S is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsall command.

swsh>view eqp tifsijkl

# tifs state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat Steps 1 to 13 for all TIFS’s.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4060-05 (E)-02 TIFD Diagnosis

PRC-091-4060 1 of 8

TIFD Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Trunk Interface (Dual) (TIFD) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the TIFD in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose TIFD0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both TIFD0 and TIFD1 are in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdall command.

swsh>view eqp tifdall

# tifd state #

dev=tifdjklm sys_0=ins sys_1=ins md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Confirm that the subordinate AO3D0 or AC1D0 is in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdijkl command.• For the AC1D

swsh>view eqp tifdjklm

# tifd state #


# linf state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=CCCDDD

...view eqp end

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


PRC-091-4060 2 of 8

dev=ao3djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

...view eqp end

Note: If the AO3D0 or the AC1D0 is on standby, change it to active using the Logical Equipment Browser window or the chg eqp ac1d0jklmnop/ao3d0jklmnopcommand.

3 Place the AO3D0 or the AC1D0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window, or the lock eqp ao3d0jklmnopcommand and the lock eqp ac1d0jklmnop command.

4 Confirm that the AO3D0 or the AC1D0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdjklm command.• For the AC1D


# tifd state #


# linf state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm cmux=CCCDDD

...view eqp end

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #

dev=ao3djklmnop sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

...view eqp end

5 Place the TIFD0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp tifd0jklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the TIFD0 changes to orange. [ ]

6 Confirm that the TIFD0 is out of service and the TIFD1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdjklm command.• For the AC1D



PRC-091-4060 3 of 8

# tifd state #

dev=tifdjklm sys_0=ous sys_1=ins md=sgm

# linf state #


...view eqp end

swsh>

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

7 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec tifd0jklm command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec tifd0jklm

## diagnostic test start tifd0jklm ##

...dgt eqp end


9 Place the TIFD0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp tifd0jklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED changes to green. [ ]

10 Confirm that the TIFD0 is in service and TIFD1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdjklm command.• For the AC1D


# tifd state #


PRC-091-4060 4 of 8


# linf state #


...view eqp end

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

11 Change the AO3D0/AC1D0 to active and the AO3D1/AC1D1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1djklmnop/ao3djklmnop command.


PRC-091-4060 5 of 8

3.2 Diagnose the TIFD1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the AO3D0/AC1D0 is active and the AO3D0/AC1D0 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdjklm command.• For the AC1D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #

dev=ao3djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Place the AO3D1 or the AC1D1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window, or the lock eqp ao3d1jklmnop/ac1d1jklmnop command.

3 Confirm that the AO3D1 or the AC1D1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdjklm command.• For the AC1D


# tifd state #


# linf state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm cmux=CCCDDD

...view eqp end


PRC-091-4060 6 of 8

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #

dev=ao3djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Place the TIFD out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp tifd1jklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the TIFD1 changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the TIFD0 is in service and TIFD1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdjklm command.• For the AC1D


# tifd state #

dev=tifdjklm sys_0=ins sys_1=ous md=sgm

# linf state #


...view eqp end

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec tifd1jklm command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.


PRC-091-4060 7 of 8

swsh>dgt eqp exec tifd1jklm

## diagnostic test start tifd1jklm ##

...dgt eqp end


8 Place the TIFD1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp tifd1jklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the TIFD1 changes to green. [ ]

9 Confirm that both TIFD0 and TIFD1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdall command.• For the AC1D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

10 Place the AO3D1 or the AC1D1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ao3d1jklmnop/ac1d1jklmnop command.

11 Confirm that the AC1D1 or the AO3D1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdjklm command.


PRC-091-4060 8 of 8

• For the AC1D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

swsh>

• For the AO3D


# tifd state #


# linf state #


...view eqp end

swsh>

Note: Repeat Procedure 3.1 and 3.2 for all TIFDs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4065-05 (E)-02 M2C Diagnosis

PRC-091-4065 1 of 3

M2C Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Mobile Layer 2 Controller (M2C) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the M2C in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the M2C

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the M2C is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp m2call command.


# m2c state #


...view eqp end

2 Confirm that the M2C is unblocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk m2cijklm command.

swsh>view atrk m2cijklm

## atrk summary information ##

m2cijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=0000 fblk=0000 rsv=0000

max_rate=DDDDD use_rate=DDDDD ous_rate=DDDDD flt_rate=DDDDD

...view atrk end


4 Confirm that the M2C is blocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk m2cijklm command.



m2cijklm ch_total=DDDD use=0000 flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000



PRC-091-4065 2 of 3

...view atrk end

5 Place the M2C out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp m2cijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the M2C changes to orange. [ ]

6 Confirm that the equipment is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp m2call command.


# m2c state #


...view eqp end

7 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec m2cijklm command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec m2cijklm

## diagnostic test start m2cijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


9 Place the M2C in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp m2cijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the M2C changes to green. [ ]



# m2c state #


...view eqp end


PRC-091-4065 3 of 3

11 Place the M2C in service.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk m2cijklm command.

12 Confirm that the M2C is in service.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk m2cijklm command.





...view atrk end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 12 for all the M2Cs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4070-05 (E)-02 MHC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4070 1 of 2

MHC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the MAC Header Handling Controller (MHC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the MHC in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the MHC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the MHC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcall command.

swsh>view eqp mhcall

# mhc state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the MHC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mhcijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MHC changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the MHC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcall command.


# mhc state #


...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mhcijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec mhcijklm

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4070-05 (E)-02 MHC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4070 2 of 2

## diagnostic test start mhcijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


6 Place the MHC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mhcijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MHC changes to green. [ ]



# mhc state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 7 for all the MHCs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4075-05 (E)-02 CMP Diagnosis

PRC-091-4075 1 of 3

CMP Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Composite (CMP) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the CMP in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the CMP

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CMP is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmpall command.

swsh>view eqp cmpall

# cmp state #

dev=cmpijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

2 Block the direct DTI line.Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the blk dclb dclu=ijklmncommand.

3 Confirm that the direct DTI line is blocked.Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the view dclb dclu=ijklmncommand.

swsh>view dclb dclu=ijklmn

## direct cmp line status display ##

dclu=ijklmn dti_sts=CCC line_sts=block

...view dclb end

4 Place the CMP out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp cmpijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMP changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the CMP is out of service. [ ]


PRC-091-4075 2 of 3

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmpall command.


# cmp state #

dev=cmpijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec cmpijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec cmpijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start cmpijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


8 Place the CMP in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmpijklm command.



# cmp state #


...view eqp end

10 Unblock the direct DTI line.Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the ublk dclb dclu=ijklmncommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the CMP changes to green. [ ]

11 Confirm that the direct DTI line is unblocked.Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the view dclb dclu=ijklmncommand.


PRC-091-4075 3 of 3

swsh>view dclb dclu=ijklmn


dclu=ijklmn dti_sts=CCC line_sts=block

...view dclb end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 11 for all the CMPs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4080-05 (E)-03 DHTC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4080 1 of 3

DHTC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Diversity Handover Trunk Controller (DHTC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the DHTC in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the DHTC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the DHTC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dhtall command.


# dht state #


...view eqp end

2 Block the DHTC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk dhtijklm command.

3 Confirm that the DHTC is blocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk dhtijklm command.

swsh>view atrk dhtijklm


dhtijklm ch_total=DDDD use=0000 flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000

max_rate=DDDDDD use_rate=00000000 ous_rate=00000000 flt_rate=00000000

...view atrk end

4 Place the DHTC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp dhtijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DHTC changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the DHTC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dhtall command.


PRC-091-4080 2 of 3


# dht state #


...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec dhtijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec dhtijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start dhtijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


8 Place the DHTC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp dhtijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the DHTC changes to green. [ ]



# dht state #


...view eqp end

10 Unblock the DHTC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk dhtijklm command.

11 Confirm that the DHTC is unblocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk dhtijklm command.

swsh>view atrk dhtijklm


dhtijklm ch_total=DDDD use=0000 flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


PRC-091-4080 3 of 3


...view atrk end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 11 for all the DHTCs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4085-05 (E)-02 MFG Diagnosis

PRC-091-4085 1 of 2

MFG Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Multi Frame Generator (MFG) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the MFG in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the MFG

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the MFG is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.

swsh>view eqp mfgall

# mfg state #

dev=mfgijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

2 Place the MFG out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mfgijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MFG changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the MFG is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.


# mfg state #

dev=mfgijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mfgijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec mfgijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4085-05 (E)-02 MFG Diagnosis

PRC-091-4085 2 of 2

## diagnostic test start mfgijklm ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the MFG in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mfgijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MFG changes to green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the MFG is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.


# mfg state #

dev=mfgijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 7 for all the MFGs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4090-05 (E)-02 ANC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4090 1 of 2

ANC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the ATM Adaptation Layer for NNI Controller and UNI Controller (ANC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the ANC in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the ANC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the ANC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancall command.

swsh>view eqp ancall

# anc state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the ANC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ancijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ANC changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the ANC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ancall command.


# anc state #


...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec ancijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4090-05 (E)-02 ANC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4090 2 of 2

swsh>dgt eqp exec ancijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start ancijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


6 Place the ANC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ancijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the ANC changes to green. [ ]



# anc state #


...view eqp end

swsh>

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 7 for all the ANCs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4095-05 (E)-02 N1CMP Diagnosis

PRC-091-4095 1 of 2

N1CMP Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the N1 Composite (N1CMP) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the N1CMP in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the N1CMP

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the N1CMP is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp n1cmpall command.

swsh>view eqp n1cmpall

# n1cmp state #

dev=n1cmpijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

2 Place the N1CMP out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp n1cmpijklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the N1CMP changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the N1CMP is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp n1cmpall command.


# n1cmp state #

dev=n1cmpijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec n1cmpijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4095-05 (E)-02 N1CMP Diagnosis

PRC-091-4095 2 of 2

swsh>dgt eqp exec n1cmpijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start n1cmpijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


6 Place the N1CMP in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp n1cmpijklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the N1CMP changes to green. [ ]



# n1cmp state #

dev=n1cmpijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 7 for all the N1CMPs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4100-05 (E)-03 PRLC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4100 1 of 3

PRLC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Packet Radio Link Controller (PRLC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the PRLC in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the PRLC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the PRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcall command.


# prlc state #


...view eqp end


3 Confirm that the PRLC is blocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk prlcijklm command.

swsh>view atrk prlcijklm


prlcijklm ch_total=DDDD use=0000 flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


...view atrk end

4 Place the PRLC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp prlcijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the PRLC changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the PRLC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcall command.


PRC-091-4100 2 of 3


# prlc state #


...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec prlcijklm command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec prlcijklm

## diagnostic test start prlcijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


8 Place the PRLC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp prlcijklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the PRLC changes to green. [ ]



# prlc state #


...view eqp end

10 Unblock the PRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk prlcijklm command.

11 Confirm that the PRLC is blocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk prlcijklm command.

swsh>view atrk prlcijklm



PRC-091-4100 3 of 3

prlcijklm ch_total=DDDD use=0000 flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


...view atrk end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 11 for all the PRLCs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4110-05 (E)-02 WCMPD Diagnosis

PRC-091-4110 1 of 4

WCMPD Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Check that the Wideband-Composite (Double) (WCMPD) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the WCMPD in dual mode.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the WCMPD1

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both WCMPD0 and WCMPD1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.Note: If WCMPD0 is on standby, change it to active using the [Logical Equipment

Browser] window or chg eqp wcmpdjklm command.

swsh>view eqp wcmpdall

# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the WCMPD1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp wcmpd1jklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the WCMPD1 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and the WCMPD1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.


# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec wcmpd1jklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.


PRC-091-4110 2 of 4

Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec wcmpd1jklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start wcmpd1jklm ##

...dgt eqp end



7 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and WCMPD1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.


# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the WCMPD0 to standby and the WCMPD1 to active.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp wcmpdjklm command.


PRC-091-4110 3 of 4

3.2 Diagnose the WCMPD0

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that WCMPD0 is on standby and the WCMPD1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.


# wcmpd state #

dev=wcmpdjklm sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

...view eqp end

2 Place the WCMPD0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp wcmpd0jklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the WCMPD0 changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is out of service and the WCMPD1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.


# wcmpd state #

dev=wcmpdjklm sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec wcmpd0jklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec wcmpd0jklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start wcmpd0jklm ##

...dgt eqp end


6 Place the WCMPD0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp wcmpd0jklmcommand.


PRC-091-4110 4 of 4

Confirm that the INS LED of the target card is green. [ ]

7 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is on standby and the WCMPD1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.


# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

8 Set the WCMPD0 to active and the WCMPD1 to standby.

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp wcmpdjklm command.

9 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and WCMPD1 is on standby in dual mode.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.


# wcmpd state #


...view eqp end

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4120-05 (E)-02 WCMPS Diagnosis

PRC-091-4120 1 of 2

WCMPS Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Wideband-Composite (Single) (WCMPS) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the WCMPS in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the WCMPS

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the WCMPS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsall command.

swsh>view eqp wcmpsall

# wcmps state #


...view eqp end

2 Place the WCMPS out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp wcmpsijkl command.Confirm that the INS LED of the WCMPS changes to orange. [ ]

3 Confirm that the WCMPS is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsall command.


# wcmps state #

dev=wcmpsijkl sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

...view eqp end

4 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec wcmpsijkl dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec wcmpsjklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4120-05 (E)-02 WCMPS Diagnosis

PRC-091-4120 2 of 2

## diagnostic test start wcmpsjklm ##


...dgt eqp end


6 Place the WCMPS in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp wcmpsijklcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the WCMPS changes to green. [ ]



# wcmps state #


...view eqp end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 7 for all the WCMPS’s.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4130-05 (E)-02 MDTI Diagnosis

PRC-091-4130 1 of 3

MDTI Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Multiple Digital Transmission Interface (MDTI) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the MDTI in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose MDTI

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the MDTI is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mdtiall command.

swsh>view eqp mdtiall

# mdti state #

dev=mdtiijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=--- dti=2.0M

...view eqp end

2 Block the Multiple DTI line.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the blk mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.

3 Confirm that the Multiple DTI line is blocked.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the view mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.

swsh>view mdti mdtilu=ijklmn

## mdti line information display ##

mdtilu=ijklmn type_line=dti20m frm_fmt=D

st_card=use st_line=block

...view mdtil end

4 Place the MDTI out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mdtiijklm command.Confirm that the INS LED of the MDTI changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the MDTI is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mdtiall command.


PRC-091-4130 2 of 3


# mdti state #

dev=mdtiijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=--- dti=2.0M

...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec mdtiijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec mdtiijklm dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start mdtiijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


8 Place the MDTI in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mdtiijklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the MDTI changes to green. [ ]



# mdti state #


...view eqp end

10 Unblock the Multiple DTI line.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the ublk mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.

11 Confirm that the Multiple DTI line is unblocked.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the view mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.

swsh>view mdti mdtilu=ijklmn


PRC-091-4130 3 of 3



st_card=use st_line=use

...view mdtil end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 11 for all the MDTIs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4140-01 (E)-01 HSDST Diagnosis

PRC-091-4140 1 of 3

HSDST Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the High Speed Downlink Shared Channel Trunk (HSDST) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the HSDST in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the HSDST

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the HSDST is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hsdpsall command.


# hsdps state #


...view eqp end

2 Block the HSDST.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk hsdpsijkl command.

3 Confirm that the HSDST is blocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hsdpsijkl command.

swsh>view atrk hsdpsijkl


hsdpsijkl sts=CCC

ch_total=DDDD ch_use=DDDD

max_rate=DDDDDDDDD use_rate=DDDDDDDDD avail_rate=DDDDDDDDD

...view atrk end

4 Place the HSDST out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp hsdpsijkl command.Confirm that the INS LED of the HSDST changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the HSDST is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hsdpsall command.


PRC-091-4140 2 of 3


# hsdps state #


...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hsdpsijkldgt_ph=fix disp=dtl command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec hsdpsijkl dgt_ph=fix disp=dtl

## diagnostic test start hsdpsijkl ##


...dgt eqp end


8 Place the HSDST in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp hsdpsijklcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the HSDST changes to green. [ ]



# hsdps state #


...view eqp end

10 Unblock the HSDST.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk hsdpsijkl command.

11 Confirm that the HSDST is unblocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hsdpsijkl command.

swsh>view atrk hsdpsijkl



PRC-091-4140 3 of 3

hsdpsijkl sts=CCC



...view atrk end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 11 for all the HSDSTs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-4150-01 (E)-01 HSPRLC Diagnosis

PRC-091-4150 1 of 3

HSPRLC Diagnosis

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the High Speed Packet Radio Link Controller (HSPRLC) is operating normally.

2. CONDITIONS

• Place the HSPRLC in service.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 Diagnose the HSPRLC

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the HSPRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hprlcall command.


# hprlc state #


...view eqp end


3 Confirm that the HSPRLC is blocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hprlcijklm command.

swsh>view atrk hprlcijklm


hprlcijklm sts=CCC



...view atrk end

4 Place the HSPRLC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp hprlcijklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the HSPRLC changes to orange. [ ]

5 Confirm that the HSPRLC is out of service. [ ]


PRC-091-4150 2 of 3

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hprlcall command.


# hprlc state #


...view eqp end

6 Execute the diagnosis.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the dgt eqp exec hprlcijklm command.Note: During the diagnosis, the INS LED blinks in orange.

swsh>dgt eqp exec hprlcijklm

## diagnostic test start hprlcijklm ##


...dgt eqp end


8 Place the HSPRLC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp hprlcijklmcommand.Confirm that the INS LED of the HSPRLC changes to green. [ ]



# hprlc state #


...view eqp end

10 Unblock the HSPRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk hprlcijklm command.

11 Confirm that the HSPRLC is blocked.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hprlcijklm command.

swsh>view atrk hprlcijklm


PRC-091-4150 3 of 3


hprlcijklm sts=CCC



...view atrk end

Note: Repeat steps 1 to 11 for all the HSPRLCs.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 9SYSTEM CONFIGURATION TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 9.1IN-SERVICE AND OUT-OF-SERVICE STATUS TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5010-05 (E)-02 CP In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5010 1 of 6

CP In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Control Processor (CP) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all CPs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT

3.1.1 CP1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# processor state #


2 Place the CP1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp cpDD-cp1 command.

3 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpDD command.

# processor state #

cpDD sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm

4 Place the CP1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cpDD-cp1 command.

5 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpDD command.

# processor state #



PRC-091-5010 2 of 6

6 Set the CP0 to standby and the CP1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cpDD command.

7 Confirm that the CP0 is on standby and the CP1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpDD command.

# processor state #



STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the CP0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp cpDD-cp0 command.

2 Confirm that the CP0 is out of service and the CP1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpDD command.

# processor state #

cpDD sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm


4 Confirm that the CP0 is on standby and the CP1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpDD command.

# processor state #


5 Set the CP0 to active and the CP1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cpDD command.

6 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpDD command.

# processor state #



PRC-091-5010 3 of 6

3.2 ALL EQUIPMENT


STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# processor state #

cp00 sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm



2 Place the CP1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp cpall command.

# cp result state #

cp00 rslt=ok sys=cp0




# processor state #

cp00 sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm



4 Place the CP1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cpall command.

# cp result state #





PRC-091-5010 4 of 6


# processor state #




6 Set the CP0 to standby and the CP1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cpall command.

# cp result state #





# processor state #

cp00 sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm




PRC-091-5010 5 of 6


STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the CP0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp cpall command.

# cp result state #





# processor state #

cp00 sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm




# cp result state #





# processor state #





PRC-091-5010 6 of 6

5 Set the CP0 to active and the CP1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cpall command.

# cp result state #





# processor state #




A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5020-05 (E)-02 SCC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5020 1 of 4

SCC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the SCSI Controller (SCC) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

• Both Disks (DKs) have the same contents by mirroring.

• Execute the test for all SCCs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 SCC0 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both SCC0 and SCC1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



PRC-091-5020 2 of 4



3 Confirm that the SCC0 is out of service and the DAT05 and the DK00 are in the uav_ins status. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc0 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



4 Place the SCC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp scc0 command.

5 Confirm that the SCC0 is in service and the DK0jk is out of service and in recovery copy mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc0 command.


# controller no #


# device state #


dev=cp00-dk000 st=ous md=rccpy(2%) dev_log=cp00-ldk000

: : : :





PRC-091-5020 3 of 4

3.2 SCC1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the SCC1 is out of service and the DAT15 and the DK1 are in the uav_ins status. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc1 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



3 Place the SCC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp scc1 command.

4 Confirm that the SCC1 is in service and the DK1jk is out of service and in recovery copy mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc1 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :




PRC-091-5020 4 of 4


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5030-05 (E)-04 COC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5030 1 of 5

COC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Communication Controller (COC) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute COC0 "out of service / in service" from Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC) 1.

• Execute COC1 "out of service / in service" from LMT-RNC0.

Note: A coc side (coc0/coc1) can only put out of service if the other coc side is in service and its serial line (rs) is also in service.Thus, it may be required to establish a serial connection on one coc side before the other coc side can be put out of service . To establish this connection, the serial cable must be plugged on the correct coc side. The rs plug is located on the rear side of the coc cards.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 COC0 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both COC0 and COC1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


# controller no #


# i/o line state #



PRC-091-5030 2 of 5

# lan line state #


2 Place the RS00 under the COC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp rs00 command.

3 Place the LAN0 under the COC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp lan0 command.

4 Confirm that the RS00 and the LAN0 are out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc0 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #

dev=cp00-rs00 st=ous md=nrm dev_log=cp00-lrs00

# lan line state #


5 Place the COC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp coc0 command.

6 Confirm that the COC0 and the LAN0 are out of service and the RS00 is in the uav_ous status. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc0 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


7 Place the COC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp coc0 command.


PRC-091-5030 3 of 5

8 Confirm that the COC0 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc0 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


9 Place the RS00 under the COC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp rs00 command.

10 Place the LAN0 under the COC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp lan0 command.

11 Confirm that the COC0, the RS00 and the LAN0 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc0 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


3.2 COC1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the RS10 under the COC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp rs10 command.

2 Place the LAN1 under the COC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp lan1 command.

3 Confirm that the RS10 and the LAN1 are out of service. [ ]


PRC-091-5030 4 of 5

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc1 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


4 Place the COC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp coc1 command.

5 Confirm the COC1 and the LAN1 are out of service and the RS10 is in the uav_ous status. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc1 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


6 Place the COC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp coc1 command.

7 Confirm that the COC1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc1 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


PRC-091-5030 5 of 5


8 Place the RS10 under the COC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp rs10 command.

9 Place the LAN1 under the COC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp lan1 command.

10 Confirm that the COC1, the RS10 and the LAN1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5040-05 (E)-02 DK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5040 1 of 3

DK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Disk (DK) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

• Both DKs have the same contents by mirroring.

• Execute the test for all DKs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 DK00 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the both DK00 and DK10 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



PRC-091-5040 2 of 3


2 Place the DK00 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp dk0j command.

3 Confirm that the DK00 is out of service and its partition is in the uav_ins status. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc0 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



4 Place the DK00 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dk0j command.

5 Confirm that the DK00 is in service and in recovery mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc0 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :




PRC-091-5040 3 of 3

3.2 DK10 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the DK10 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp dk1j command.

2 Confirm that the DK10 is out of service and its partition is in the uav_ins status. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc1 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



3 Place the DK1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp dk1j command.

4 Confirm that the DK1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5050-05 (E)-02 DAT In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5050 1 of 3

DAT In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Digital Audio Tape (DAT) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 DAT05 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both DAT05 and DAT15 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :




PRC-091-5050 2 of 3


3 Confirm that the DAT05 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc0 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :




5 Confirm that the DAT05 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc0 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :




PRC-091-5050 3 of 3

3.2 DAT15 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the DAT15 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp scc1 command.


# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :






# controller no #


# device state #



: : : :



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5060-05 (E)-03 RS In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5060 1 of 4

RS In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the RS-232C (RS) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute RS00 "out of service / in service" from Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC)1.

• Execute RS10 "out of service / in service" from LMT-RNC0.

• Execute the test for all Communication Controllers (COCs).

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 RS00 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both RS00 and RS10 are in service.[ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #

dev=cp00-rs00 st=ins md=nrm ldv=cp00-lrs00

# lan line state #

dev=cp00-lan0 st=ins(mst) md=nrm ldv=cp00-llan0

# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #

dev=cp00-lan1 st=ins(slv) md=nrm ldv=cp00-llan0


PRC-091-5060 2 of 4

2 Place the RS00 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp rs00 command.

3 Confirm the RS00 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc0 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #

dev=cp00-rs00 st=ous md=nrm ldv=cp00-lrs00

# lan line state #


4 Place the RS00 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp rs00 command.

5 Confirm the RS00 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc0 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #



PRC-091-5060 3 of 4

3.2 RS10 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the RS10 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp rs10 command.

2 Confirm that the RS10 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc1 command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #

dev=cp00-rs10 st=ous md=nrm ldv=cp00-lrs10

# lan line state #


3 Place the RS10 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp rs10 command.

4 Confirm that the RS10 in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #



PRC-091-5060 4 of 4

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5070-05 (E)-03 LAN In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5070 1 of 3

LAN In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Local Area Network (LAN) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute LAN0 "out of service / in service" from Local Maintenance Terminal for Radio Network Controller (LMT-RNC) 1.

• Execute LAN1 "out of service / in service" from LMT-RNC0.

• Execute the test for all Communication Controllers (COCs).

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 LAN0 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that both LAN0 and LAN1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #

dev=cp00-lan0 st=ins(mst) md=nrm dev_log=cp00-llan0

# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #

dev=cp00-lan1 st=ins(slv) md=nrm dev_log=cp00-llan0


PRC-091-5070 2 of 3

2 Place the LAN0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp lan0 command.

3 Confirm that the LAN0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


4 Place the LAN0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp lan0 command.

5 Confirm that the LAN0 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #



PRC-091-5070 3 of 3

3.2 LAN1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the LAN1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp lan1 command.

2 Confirm that the LAN1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


3 Place the LAN1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp lan1 command.

4 Confirm that the LAN1 in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp coc command.


# controller no #


# i/o line state #


# lan line state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5080-05 (E)-02 HUB In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5080 1 of 3

HUB In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the HUB can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 HUB1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# hub state #





3 Confirm that the HUB0 is active and the HUB1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

# hub state #




4 Place the HUB1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp hub1 command.


# hub state #


PRC-091-5080 2 of 3




6 Set the HUB0 to standby and the HUB1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp hub command.


# hub state #





PRC-091-5080 3 of 3

3.2 HUB0 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


2 Confirm that the HUB0 is out of service and the HUB1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hub command.

# hub state #




3 Place the HUB0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp hub0 command.


# hub state #




5 Set the HUB0 to active and the HUB1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp hub command.


# hub state #




A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5090-05 (E)-02 MIF In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5090 1 of 2

MIF In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Maintenance Interface (MIF) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 MIF0 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ins

2 Place the MIF0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mif0 command.

3 Confirm that the MIF0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

# mif state #

eq_0=ous eq_1=ins

4 Place the MIF0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mif0 command.

5 Confirm the that MIF0 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ins

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5090-05 (E)-02 MIF In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5090 2 of 2

3.2 MIF1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the MIF1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mif1 command.

2 Confirm that the MIF1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ous

3 Place the MIF1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mif1 command.

4 Confirm that both MIF0 and the MIF1 are in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mif command.

# mif state #

eq_0=ins eq_1=ins

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5100-05 (E)-02 SVC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5100 1 of 2

SVC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Supervisory Controller (SVC) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 SVC1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# svc state #


2 Place the SVC1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp svc1 command.

3 Confirm that the SVC0 is active and the SVC1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

# svc state #


4 Place the SVC1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp svc1 command.


# svc state #


6 Set the SVC0 to standby and the SVC1 to active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp svc command.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5100-05 (E)-02 SVC In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5100 2 of 2

7 Confirm that the SVC0 is on standby and the SVC1 is active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

# svc state #


3.2 SVC0 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the SVC0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp svc0 command.

2 Confirm that the SVC0 is out of service and the SVC1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

# svc state #


3 Place the SVC0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp svc0 command.

4 Confirm that the SVC0 is on standby and the SVC1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp svc command.

# svc state #


5 Set the SVC0 to active and the SVC1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp svc command.


# svc state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5110-05 (E)-02 MCLK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5110 1 of 2

MCLK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Master Clock (MCLK) can be placed in service (ins) or out of service (ous).

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 MCLK1 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# mclk state #


2 Place the MCLK1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mclk1 command.

3 Confirm that the MCLK0 is active and the MCLK1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mclk command.

# mclk state #


4 Place the MCLK1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mclk1 command.


# mclk state #


6 Set the MCLK0 to standby and the MCLK1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp mclk command.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5110-05 (E)-02 MCLK In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

PRC-091-5110 2 of 2


# mclk state #


3.2 MCLK0 In-Service and Out-of-Service Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the MCLK0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ous eqp mclk0 command.

2 Confirm that the MCLK0 is out of service and the MCLK1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mclk command.

# mclk state #


3 Place the MCLK0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp mclk0 command.


# mclk state #


5 Set the MCLK0 to active and the MCLK1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp mclk command.


# mclk state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 9.2UNLOCK AND LOCK STATUS TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5120-05 (E)-02 C1HWM Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5120 1 of 6

C1HWM Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the C1-Highway Multi-mode (C1HWM) (ac1d) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the following procedure on all C1HWMs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 C1HWM1 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# ac1d state #

dev=ac1dijklmno sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=CCCCijk

2 Place the C1HWM1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ac1d1jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the message is not output.

#..1427034 line_state_change_event_report lu=ijklmno

line_status0=use line_status1=out_of_service

block_status0=CCCCC block_status1=CCCCC

3 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is active and the C1HWM1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.

# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm cmux=CCCCijk


PRC-091-5120 2 of 6

4 Place the C1HWM1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ac1d1jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the message is not output.


line_status0=use line_status1=use


5 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is active and the C1HWM1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.

# ac1d state #


6 Set the C1HWM0 to standby and the C1HWM1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.

7 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is on standby and the C1HWM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.

# ac1d state #


3.2 C1HWM0 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the C1HWM0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ac1d0jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the message is not output.

2 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is out of service and the C1HWM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.


PRC-091-5120 3 of 6

# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm cmux=CCCCijk

3 Place the C1HWM0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ac1d0jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the message is not output.


line_status0=out_of_service line_status1=use


4 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is on standby and the C1HWM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.

# ac1d state #


5 Set the C1HWM0 to active and the C1HWM1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.

6 Confirm that the C1HWM0 is active and the C1HWM1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1djklmnopcommand.

# ac1d state #



PRC-091-5120 4 of 6

3.3 Change the duplicated equipment between ACT and SBY

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=nbscijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=mswcijk


dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=gmuxijk port=0


dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=pswcijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=dtscijk



2 Set the C1HWM0 to standby and the C1HWM1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1dall command.

# sp result state #

dev=ac1d1jklmnop rslt=ok










PRC-091-5120 5 of 6


# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=nbscijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=mswcijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=mswcijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=gmuxijk port=0

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=gmuxijk port=1

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=pswcijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=dtscijk



4 Set the C1HWM0 to active and the C1HWM1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ac1dall command.

# sp result state #











PRC-091-5120 6 of 6


# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=nbscijk





dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=pswcijk




A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5130-05 (E)-02 MFG Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5130 1 of 3

MFG Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Multi Frame Generator (MFG) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all MFGs.

• 2MFG "mfg06" and "mfg07" are accommodated to each location.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 MFG07 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the mfg06 is in service and the mfg07 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.

# mfg state #

dev=mfg00006 sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---

dev=mfg00007 sys_0=sby sys_1=--- md=---

2 Place the mfg07 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mfg00007 command.

3 Confirm that the mfg06 is in service and the mfg07 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.

# mfg state #


dev=mfg00007 sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

4 Place the mfg07 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mfg00007 command.


# mfg state #


PRC-091-5130 2 of 3



6 Place the mfg06 on standby and mfg07 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] windows or the chg eqp mfg00006 command.

7 Confirm that the mfg06 is on standby and the mfg07 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.

# mfg state #




PRC-091-5130 3 of 3

3.2 MFG06 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the mfg06 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mfg00006 command.

2 Confirm that the mfg06 is out of service and the mfg07 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.

# mfg state #

dev=mfg00006 sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---


3 Place the mfg06 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mfg00006 command.

4 Confirm that the mfg06 is on standby and the mfg07 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mfgall command.

# mfg state #



5 Place the mfg06 in service and mfg07 on standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] windows or the chg eqp mfg00007 command.


# mfg state #



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5140-05 (E)-02 DHTC Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5140 1 of 2

DHTC Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Diversity Handover Trunk Controller (DHTC) (dht) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all DHTCs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 DHTC Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# dht state #



2 Confirm that the DHTC is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk dhtijklm command.


dhtijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=0000 fblk=0000 rsv=0000


3 Block the DHTC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk dhtijklm command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

#..1348004 card_block_complete dhtijklm

4 Confirm that the DHTC is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk dhtijklm command.


dhtijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000



PRC-091-5140 2 of 2

5 Place the DHTC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp dhtijklm command.


# dht state #


7 Place the DHTC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp dhtijklm command.

8 Confirm that the DHTC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp dhtijklm command.

# dht state #


9 Confirm that the DHTC is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk dhtijklm command.


dhtijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


10 Unblock the DHTC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk dhtijklm command.

#..1348005 card_unblock_complete dhtijklm

11 Confirm that the DHTC is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk dhtijklm command.


dhtijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=0000 fblk=0000 rsv=0000


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5170-05 (E)-02 ATM Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5170 1 of 3

ATM Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the ATM can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

None.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 ATM1 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the ATM0 is active and the ATM1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

# atm state #


# blsc state #


2 Place the ATM1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp atm1 command.

3 Confirm that the ATM0 is active and the ATM1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

# atm state #


# blsc state #


4 Place the ATM1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm1 command.


PRC-091-5170 2 of 3


# atm state #


# blsc state #


6 Set the ATM0 to standby and the ATM1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp atm command.

7 Confirm that the ATM0 is on standby and the ATM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

# atm state #


# blsc state #


3.2 ATM0 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the ATM0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp atm0 command.

2 Confirm that the ATM0 is out of service and the ATM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

# atm state #


# blsc state #


3 Place the ATM0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp atm0 command.


PRC-091-5170 3 of 3

4 Confirm that the ATM0 is on standby and the ATM1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp atm command.

# atm state #


# blsc state #


5 Set the ATM0 to active and the ATM1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp atm command.


# atm state #


# blsc state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5180-05 (E)-02 TIFS Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5180 1 of 10

TIFS Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Trunk Interface (Single) (TIFS) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all TIFS’s.

3. PROCEDURE

Note: The following steps 1 to 6 and 26 to 34 are necessary only when Node B information already exists.

3.1 TIFS Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the node signaling link is unblocked (lnk_st=use). [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP

## eqplnk data display ##

lmhcijklm nodebid=DDDD path_st=use

cmpijklm port_no=D lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD

trty=D pcr=DDDD scr=DDDD mbs=DDDD

ancijklm nodebid=DDDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DD lnk_st=use path_st=use



• For the WCMP (Single mode) / TINF



wcmpsijkl lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD




PRC-091-5180 2 of 10



2 Block the node signaling link.Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD command.

3 Confirm that the node signaling link is blocked (lnk_st=blk). [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP


lmhcijklm nodebid=DDDD path_st=blk



ancijklm nodebid=DDDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DD lnk_st=blk path_st=blk












PRC-091-5180 3 of 10

4 Confirm that the circuit resource (VPCI) is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Iu Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDcommand.

## vpci information ##

node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DD

vpci=DD status=use

5 Block the circuit resource (VPCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD command.

6 Confirm that the circuit resource (VPCI) is blocked. [ ]Use the [Iu Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDcommand.



vpci=DD status=blk

7 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are unblocked (lcl_st=use). [ ]Use the [Iu Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.



vpci=DD status=blk

## vci detail information ##

vci=DDDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=use aal2_pid=DDDDDD

idl_cid=DDD bsy_cid=DDD

8 Block the circuit resources (VCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.


PRC-091-5180 4 of 10

9 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are blocked. [ ]Use the [Iu Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.



vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=blk aal2pid=DDDDDD


10 Confirm that the circuit is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Circuit] window or the view cbia lu=ijklmno command.

## circuit status display ##

lu=ijklmno type=CCCC

block_status=unblock line_status=CCC

11 Block the circuit.Use the [Circuit] window or the blk cbia lu=ijklmno command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]


line_status0=block line_status1=no_data

block_status0=block block_status1=no_data

12 Confirm that the circuit is blocked. [ ]Use the [Circuit] window or the view cbia lu=ijklmno command.



block_status=block line_status=CCC


PRC-091-5180 5 of 10

13 Confirm that the AO3S is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3sall command.

# ao3s state #



14 Place the AO3S out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ao3sijlkmnocommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]


line=status0=out_of_service line_status1=no_data


15 Confirm that the AO3S is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3sijklmnocommand.

# ao3s state #


16 Confirm that the TIFS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsall command.

# tifs state #



17 Place the TIFS out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp tifsijkl command.


PRC-091-5180 6 of 10

18 Confirm that the TIFS is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsijkl command.

# tifs state #

dev=tifsijkl sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

# linf state #



19 Place the TIFS in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp tifsijkl command.

20 Confirm that the TIFS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifsijkl command.

# tifs state #


# linf state #



21 Place the AO3S in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ao3sijklmnocommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]


line=status0=block line_status1=no_data



PRC-091-5180 7 of 10

22 Confirm that the AO3S is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3sijklmnocommand.

# ao3s state #






24 Unblock the circuit.Use the [Circuit] window or the ublk cbia lu=ijklmno command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]


line_status0=CCC line_status1=no_data

block_status0=unblock block_status1=no_data








vpci=DD status=blk



PRC-091-5180 8 of 10

vci=DDDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=blk aal2_pid=DDDDDD


27 Unblock the circuit resources (VCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.

28 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are unblocked. [ ]Use the [Iu Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.



vpci=DD status=blk







vpci=DD status=blk

30 Unblock the circuit resource (VPCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD command.




vpci=DD status=use


PRC-091-5180 9 of 10

32 Confirm that the node signaling link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP
















33 Unblock the node signaling link. Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD command.


PRC-091-5180 10 of 10

34 Confirm that the node signaling link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP
















A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5190-05 (E)-02 TIFD Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5190 1 of 5

TIFD Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Trunk Interface (Dual) (TIFD) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all TIFDs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 TIFD0 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the TIFD is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdall command.

# tifd state #



2 Confirm that the AC1D or the AO3D is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall/ao3dallcommand.• For the AC1D

# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=sby md=dlm cmux=CCCijk


• For the AO3D

# ao3d state #




PRC-091-5190 2 of 5

3 Place the AC1D0 or the AO3D0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ac1d0jklmnop/ao3d0jklmnop command.Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the following message is not output.


line=status0=out_of_service line_status1=use


4 Confirm that the AC1D0 or the AO3D0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall/ao3dallcommand.• For the AC1D

# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm cmux=CCCijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm cmux=CCCijk

• For the AO3D

# ao3d state #



5 Place the TIFD0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp tifd0jklm command.

6 Confirm that the TIFD0 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdall command.

# tifd state #



7 Place the TIFD0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp tifd0jklmcommand.


PRC-091-5190 3 of 5

8 Confirm that the TIFD0 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdall command.

# tifd state #



9 Place the AC1D0 or the AO3D0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ac1d0jklmnop/ao3d0jklmnop command.Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the following message is not output.


line=status0=use line_status1=use


10 Confirm that the AC1D0 or the AO3D0 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ac1dall/ao3dallcommand.• For the AC1D

# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=CCCijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm cmux=CCCijk

• For the AO3D

# ao3d state #




PRC-091-5190 4 of 5

3.2 TIFD1 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the AC1D1 or the AO3D1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ac1d1jklmnop/ao3d1jklmnop command.Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the following message is not output.


line=status0=use line_status1=out_of_service



# ac1d state #

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm cmux=CCCijk

dev=ac1djklmnop sys_0=act sys_1=ous md=sgm cmux=CCCijk

• For the AO3D

# ao3d state #



3 Place the TIFD1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp tifd1jklm command.

4 Confirm that the TIFD1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdall command.

# tifd state #



5 Place the TIFD1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp tifd1jklmcommand.


PRC-091-5190 5 of 5

6 Confirm that the TIFD1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp tifdall command.

# tifd state #



7 Place the AC1D1 or the AO3D1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ac1d1jklmnop/ao3d1jklmnop command.Note: Unless circuit information is registered, the following message is not output.


line=status0=use line_status1=use



# ac1d state #



• For the AO3D

# ao3d state #



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5200-05 (E)-02 ANC Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5200 1 of 6

ANC Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the ATM Adaptation Layer for NNI Controller and UNI Controller (ANC) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all ANCs.

3. PROCEDURE


3.1 ANC Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# anc state #



2 Confirm that the node-signaling link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkanc_no=ancijklm opt=dtl command.• For the direct CMP


ancijklm nodebid=DDDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DDD lnk_st=CCCCC path_st=CCCC

cmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD

trty=D pcr=DDDDDD scr=DDDDDD mbs=DDDD

• For the backyard CMP



cmpijklm port_no=D lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDD



PRC-091-5200 2 of 6

• For the WCMP (Single mode)/TINF



wcmpsijkl lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDD


• For the WCMP (Dual mode)/TINF



wcmpdijkl lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDD


• For the Backyard WCMP (Single mode)/MDTI



wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDD


• For the Backyard WCMP (Dual mode)/MDTI



wcmpdijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDD


3 Block the node-signaling link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkcmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD command.

• For the backyard CMP or WCMP/TINFUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD command.

• For the backyard WCMP/MDTIUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkmdti=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD command.

Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

#..1348011 path_state_changed node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDDD

vpci=DDDD vci=DDDD lcl_st=blk


PRC-091-5200 3 of 6

4 Confirm that the node-signaling link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkcmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD command.• For the direct CMP































PRC-091-5200 4 of 6

5 Confirm that the SS7 signaling link is available. [ ]Use the [CCS7 Link] window or the view slk command.

# ss7 link status information #

slk_no=DDDD st_lk=avail

6 Stop the SS7 signaling link.Use the [CCS7 Link] window or the stop slk slk_no=DDDD command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

*..0528004 ccs7_signaling_link_group_unavailable lgn=DDDD

7 Confirm that the SS7 signaling link is inactive. [ ]Use the [CCS7 Link] window or the view slk command.


slk_no=DDDD st_lk=inact



# anc state #


10 Place the ANC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ancijklm command.


# anc state #



PRC-091-5200 5 of 6

12 Unblock the node-signaling link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnkcmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD command.

• For the backyard CMP or WCMP/TINFUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD command.

• For the backyard WCMP/MDTIUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnkmdti=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD command.

Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

#..1348011 path_state_changed node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDDD

vpci=DDDD vci=DDDD lcl_st=blk

13 Confirm that the node-signaling link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkcmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD command.• For the direct CMP





















PRC-091-5200 6 of 6











14 Activate the SS7 signaling link.Use the [CCS7 Link] window or the str slk slk_no=DDDD command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

#..0528003 ccs7_signaling_link_group_available lgn=DDDD

#..0528001 ccs7_signaling_link_fault_recovery slk_no=DDDD


# anc state #



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5203-05 (E)-03 PRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5203 1 of 2

PRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Packet Radio Link Controller (PRLC) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all PRLCs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 PRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# prlc state #



2 Confirm that the PRLC is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk prlcijklm command.


prlcijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=0000 fblk=0000 rsv=0000



#..1348004 card_block_complete prlcijklm

4 Confirm that the PRLC is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk prlcijklm command.


prlcijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5203-05 (E)-03 PRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5203 2 of 2

5 Place the PRLC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp prlcijklm command.

6 Confirm that the PRLC is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcijklm command.

# prlc state #


7 Place the PRLC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp prlcijklmcommand.

8 Confirm that PRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp prlcijklm command.

# prlc state #


9 Confirm that the PRLC is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk prlcijklm command.


prlcijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


10 Unblock the PRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk prlcijklm command.

#..1348005 card_unblock_complete prlcijklm

11 Confirm that the PRLC is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk prlcijklm command.


prlcijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=0000 fblk=0000 rsv=0000


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5210-05 (E)-02 M2C Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5210 1 of 2

M2C Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Mobile Layer 2 Controller (M2C) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all M2Cs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 M2C Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# m2c state #



2 Confirm that the M2C is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk m2cijklm command.





#..1348004 card_block_complete m2cijklm

4 Confirm that the M2C is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk m2cijklm command.


m2cijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5210-05 (E)-02 M2C Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5210 2 of 2

5 Place the M2C out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp m2cijklm command.

6 Confirm that the M2C is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp m2cijklm command.

# m2c state #


7 Place the M2C in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp m2cjklm command.

8 Confirm that M2C is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp m2cijklm command.

# m2c state #


9 Confirm that the M2C is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk m2cijklm command.


m2cijklm ch_total=DDDD use=DDDD flt=0000 blk=DDDD fblk=0000 rsv=0000


10 Unblock the M2C.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk m2cijklm command.

#..1348005 card_unblock_complete m2cijklm

11 Confirm that the M2C is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk m2cijklm command.




A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5215-05 (E)-02 MHC Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5215 1 of 1

MHC Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the MAC Header Handling Controller (MHC) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all MHCs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 MHC Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# mhc state #



2 Place the MHC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mhcijklm command.


# mhc state #


4 Place the MHC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mhcijklm command.

5 Confirm that MHC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mhcijklm command.

# mhc state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5250-05 (E)-02 CMXG Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5250 1 of 5

CMXG Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Cell Multiplexer Group (CMXG) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• None of the following CMUX are under construction:

• Composite Controller (CMPC)

• Mobile Switching Controller (MSWC)

• General Packet Radio System (GPRS) Tunneling Protocol Multiplexer (GMUX)

• Permanent Virtual Path (PVP) Switching Controller (PSWC)

• Node B Switching Controller (NBSC)

• Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Signal Switching Controller (ASSC)

• Digital Transmission Interface (DTI) Switching Controller (DTSC)

• Execute the following procedure on all CMXGs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 CMXG1 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



2 Place the CMXG1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp cmxg1jk command.


PRC-091-5250 2 of 5

3 Confirm the CMXG0 is active and the CMXG1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.

# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



4 Place the CMXG1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg1jk command.

5 Confirm that the CMXG0 is active and the CMXG1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.

# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



6 Set the CMXG0 to standby and the CMXG1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cmxgjk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #




PRC-091-5250 3 of 5

3.2 CMXG0 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the CMXG0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp cmxg0jk command.

2 Confirm that the CMXG0 is out of service and the CMXG1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.

# cmxg state #

dev=cmxgjk sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm

# cmuxm state #



3 Place the CMXG0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp cmxg0jk command.


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #



5 Set the CMXG0 to active and the CMXG1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cmxgjk command.

6 Confirm that the CMXG0 is active and the CMXG1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgjk command.

# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #




PRC-091-5250 4 of 5

3.3 Change the duplicated equipment between ACT and SBY

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


2 Set the CMXG0 to standby and the CMXG1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cmxgall command.

# sp result state #

dev=cmxg1jk rslt=ok

dev=cmxg1jk rslt=ok

3 Confirm that the CMXG0 is on standby and the CMXG1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmxgall command.

# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #

dev=CCCCijk sys_0=sby sys_1=act md=dlm

4 Set the CMXG0 to active and the CMXG1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp cmxgall command.

# sp result state #

dev=cmxg0jk rslt=ok

dev=cmxg0jk rslt=ok


PRC-091-5250 5 of 5


# cmxg state #


# cmuxm state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5260-05 (E)-02 CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5260 1 of 14

CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Composite (CMP) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all CMPs.

3. PROCEDURE


3.1 CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# cmp state #



2 Confirm that the node signaling link is unblocked (lnk_st=use). [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnk allopt=dtl command.• For the direct CMP

# direct cmp information #


cmpsijkl port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD


:





PRC-091-5260 2 of 14


# backyard cmp information #




:




3 Block the node signaling link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkcmpijklm port_no=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnklu=ijklmn vpi=all command.

4 Confirm that the node signaling link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the direct CMP





:

ancijklm nodebid=DDDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DD lnk_st=fblk path_st=blk




PRC-091-5260 3 of 14






:




5 Confirm that the emergency reset link is unlocked. [ ]• For the direct CMP

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnk cmpijklm command.

## emergency reset link display ##

cmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD path_st=use

nbsc=nbscijk pcr=DDDDDD

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnk lu=ijklmno command.


cmpijklm port_no=D lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD path_st=use


6 Block the emergency reset link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the blk emlnk cmpijklmport_no=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the blk emlnk lu=ijklmnovpi=all command.


PRC-091-5260 4 of 14

7 Confirm that the emergency reset link is blocked. [ ]• For the direct CMP



cmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD path_st=blk




cmpijklm port_no=D lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD path_st=blk


8 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the direct CMP is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Directly CMP ATM Cross Connection] window or the view dacon allcommand.

## dacon data display ##

lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDDD path_st=use

cmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD trty=D

pcr=DDDDDD scr=DDDDDD mbs=DDDD

Note: If there is no direct CMP accommodated, skip this step and go to step 11.

9 Block the Cross-Connection for the direct CMP.Use the [Directly CMP ATM Cross Connection] window or the blk dacon cmpijklm port_no=all command.Note: If there is no direct CMP accommodated, skip this step and go to step 11.

10 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the direct CMP is blocked. [ ]Use the [Directly CMP ATM Cross Connection] window or the view dacon allcommand.


lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDDD path_st=blk



PRC-091-5260 5 of 14



11 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.

## bacon data display ##

lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDD cmpijklm port_no=D

n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=DD n_vci=DD path_st=use

trty=D pcr=DDDDDD

Note: If there is no backyard CMP accommodated, skip this step and go to step 14.

12 Block the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP.Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the blk baconn_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=all command.Note: If there is no backyard CMP accommodated, skip this step and go to step 14.

13 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP is blocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.



n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=DD n_vci=DD path_st=blk

trty=D pcr=DDDDDD





vpci=DD status=use

15 Block the circuit resource (VPCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDDDvpci=all command.


PRC-091-5260 6 of 14




vpci=DD status=blk




vpci=DD status=blk





19 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are blocked (lcl_st=blk). [ ]Use the [Iu Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.



vpci=DD status=blk





PRC-091-5260 7 of 14

20 Confirm that the 2M DTI line is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the view dclb dclu=allcommand.


dclu=ijklmn dti_sts=CCCC line_sts=use

Note: If there is no 2M DTI accommodated, skip this step and go to step 23.

21 Block the 2M DTI line.Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the blk dclb dclu=ijklmncommand.Note: If there is no 2M DTI accommodated, skip this step and go to step 23.

22 Confirm that the 2M DTI line is blocked. [ ]Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the view dclb dclu=allcommand.


dclu=ijklmn dti_sts=CCCC line_sts=block


23 Confirm that the CMP is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmpijklm command.

# cmp state #



24 Place the CMP out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp cmpijklm command.

25 Confirm that the CMP is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cmpijklm command.

# cmp state #



PRC-091-5260 8 of 14

26 Confirm that the 2M DTI line is blocked. [ ]Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the view dclb dclu=allcommand.


dclu=ijklmn dti_sts=CCCC line_sts=block


27 Unblock the 2M DTI line.Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the ublk dclb dclu=ijklmncommand.Note: If there is no 2M DTI accommodated, skip this step and go to step 29.

28 Confirm that the 2M DTI line is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Direct CMP Line Block Unblock] window or the view dclb dclu=allcommand.


dclu=ijklmn dti_sts=CCCC line_sts=use





vpci=DD status=blk




30 Unblock the circuit resources (VCI).Use the [IU Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDDD vpci=DD vci=all command.


PRC-091-5260 9 of 14




vpci=DD status=blk







vpci=DD status=blk





vpci=DD status=use

35 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the direct CMP is blocked. [ ]Use the [Directly CMP ATM Cross Connection] window or the view dacon allcommand.


lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDDD path_st=blk



PRC-091-5260 10 of 14



36 Unblock the Cross-Connection for the direct CMP.Use the [Directly CMP ATM Cross Connection] window or the ublk dacon cmpijklm port_no=D cmp_vci=DDDD command.Note: If there is no direct CMP accommodated, skip this step and go to step 38.

37 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the direct CMP is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Directly CMP ATM Cross Connection] window or the view dacon allcommand.


lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDDD path_st=use




38 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP is blocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.




trty=D pcr=DDDDDD


39 Unblock the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP.Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the ublk bacon n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=all command.Note: If there is no backyard CMP accommodated, skip this step and go to step 41.

40 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.





PRC-091-5260 11 of 14

trty=D pcr=DDDDDD


41 Confirm that the Emergency Reset Link is blocked. [ ]• For the direct CMP









42 Unblock the emergency reset link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the ublk emlnk cmpijklmport_no=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the ublk emlnk lu=ijklmnovpi=all command.

43 Confirm that the emergency reset link is unblocked. [ ]• For the direct CMP






PRC-091-5260 12 of 14





44 Confirm that the node signaling link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the direct CMP





:









:





PRC-091-5260 13 of 14

45 Unblock the node signaling link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnkcmpijklm port_no=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnklu=ijklmn vpi=all command.

46 Confirm that the node signaling status is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnk allopt=dtl command.• For the direct CMP





:









:





PRC-091-5260 14 of 14


# cmp state #



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5265-05 (E)-02 N1CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5265 1 of 2

N1CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the N1CMP can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all N1CMPs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 N1CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# n1cmp state #



2 Place the N1CMP out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp n1cmpijklmcommand.

3 Confirm that the N1CMP is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp n1cmpijklmcommand.

# n1cmp state #


4 Place the N1CMP in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp n1cmpijklmcommand.


# n1cmp state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5265-05 (E)-02 N1CMP Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5265 2 of 2


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630 ATMI-OC3 (Single)PRC-091-5280-05 (E)-02 Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5280 1 of 22

ATMI-OC3 (Single) Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the ATMI-OC3 - Single (AO3S) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all AO3S’s.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 AO3S Unlock and Lock Status Test (For Radio Commander)

STEP ACTION/REMARKS














PRC-091-5280 2 of 22


# ao3s state #



5 Place the AO3S out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ao3sijklmnocommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]


line_status0=out_of_service line_status1=no_data


6 Confirm that the AO3S is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3sall command.

# ao3s state #







# ao3s state #



PRC-091-5280 3 of 22














PRC-091-5280 4 of 22

3.2 AO3S Unlock and Lock Status Test (For Node B)


STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the node-signaling link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP
















2 Block the node-signaling link. Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD command.


PRC-091-5280 5 of 22

3 Confirm that the node-signaling link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP
















4 Confirm that the emergency reset link is unlocked.• For the direct CMP






PRC-091-5280 6 of 22





5 Block the emergency reset link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the blk emlnk cmpijklmport_no=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the blk emlnk lu=ijklmnovpi=all command.













vpci=DD status=use


PRC-091-5280 7 of 22

8 Block the circuit resource (VPCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD command.




vpci=DD status=blk




vpci=DD status=blk








vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=blk aal2pid=DDDDDD


PRC-091-5280 8 of 22















# ao3s state #







PRC-091-5280 9 of 22



# ao3s state #







# ao3s state #






22 Place the circuit in service.Use the [Circuit] window or the ublk cbia lu=ijklmno command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]




PRC-091-5280 10 of 22









vpci=DD status=blk




25 Unblock the circuit resources (VCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.




vpci=DD status=blk





PRC-091-5280 11 of 22




vpci=DD status=blk





vpci=DD status=use











PRC-091-5280 12 of 22

31 Unblock the emergency reset link.• For the direct CMP

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the ublk emlnk cmpijklmport_no=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the ublk emlnk lu=ijklmnovpi=all command.

32 Confirm that the emergency reset link is unblocked. [ ]• For the direct CMP









33 Confirm that the node-signaling is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP









PRC-091-5280 13 of 22









34 Unblock the node-signaling link. Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD command.

35 Confirm that the node-signaling link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnklu=ijklmno opt=dtl command.• For the backyard CMP















PRC-091-5280 14 of 22



3.3 AO3S Unlock and Lock Status Test (For SS7 Link)


STEP ACTION/REMARKS




2 Stop the SS7 signaling link.Use the [CCS7 Link] window the stop slk slk_no=DDDD command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

#..0528004 ccs7_signaling_link_group_unavailable lgn=DDDD




4 Confirm that the circuit resource (VPCI) is unblocked. [ ]• For the MSC

Use the [IU Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=msc command.


node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=use

• For the SGSNUse the [IU Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=sgsn command.


node_kind=sgsn


PRC-091-5280 15 of 22

vpci=DD status=use

5 Block the circuit resource (VPCI).• For the MSC

Use the [IU Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=msc vpci=DD command.• For the SGSN

Use the [IU Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=sgsn vpci=DDcommand.

6 Confirm that the circuit resource (VPCI) is blocked. [ ]• For the MSC



node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=blk



node_kind=sgsn

vpci=DD status=blk

7 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are unblocked. [ ]• For the MSC

Use the [IU Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=msc vpci=DDvci=all command.


node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=use aal2_pid=DDDDDD



PRC-091-5280 16 of 22

• For the SGSNUse the [IU Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=sgsn vpci=DDvci=all command.


node_kind=sgsn

vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=use

8 Block the circuit resources (VCI).• For the MSC

Use the [IU Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=msc vpci=DD vci=allcommand.

• For the SGSNUse the [IU Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=sgsn vpci=DDvci=all command.

9 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are blocked. [ ]• For the MSC



node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=blk aal2_pid=DDDDDD




node_kind=sgsn

vpci=DD status=blk


PRC-091-5280 17 of 22


vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=blk














# ao3s state #




PRC-091-5280 18 of 22






# ao3s state #







# ao3s state #







PRC-091-5280 19 of 22









21 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are blocked. [ ]• For the MSC



node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=blk aal2_pid=DDDDDD




node_kind=sgsn

vpci=DD status=blk



PRC-091-5280 20 of 22

vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=blk

22 Unblock the circuit resources (VCI).• For the MSC

Use the [IU Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=msc vpci=DDvci=all command.

• For the SGSNUse the [IU Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=sgsn vpci=DDvci=all command.

23 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are unblocked. [ ]• For the MSC



node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=use aal2_pid=DDDDDD




node_kind=sgsn

vpci=DD status=blk


vci=DDDD type=aal2_u lcl_st=use


PRC-091-5280 21 of 22

24 Confirm that the circuit resource (VPCI) is blocked. [ ]• For the MSC



node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=blk



node_kind=sgsn

vpci=DD status=blk

25 Unblock the circuit resource (VPCI).• For the MSC

Use the [IU Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=msc vpci=DDcommand.

• For the SGSNUse the [IU Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=sgsn vpci=DDcommand.

26 Confirm that the circuit resource (VPCI) is unblocked. [ ]• For the MSC



node_kind=msc

vpci=DD status=use



node_kind=sgsn

vpci=DD status=use


PRC-091-5280 22 of 22




28 Activate the SS7 signaling link.Use the [CCS7 Link] window the str slk slk_no=DDDD command.Confirm that the following messages are output. [ ]

#..0528003 ccs7_signaling_link_group_available lgn=DDDD

#..0528001 ccs7_signaling_link_fault_recovery slk_no=DDDD




A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630 ATMI-OC3 (Dual)PRC-091-5290-05 (E)-02 Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5290 1 of 3

ATMI-OC3 (Dual) Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the ATMI-OC3 -Dual (AO3D) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all AO3Ds.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 AO3D1 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the AO3D1 is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3dall command.

# ao3d state #


2 Place the AO3D1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ao3d1jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]


line_status0=use line_status1=out_of_service

block_status0=CCCC block_status1=no_data

3 Confirm that the AO3D1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3djklmnopcommand.

# ao3d state #



PRC-091-5290 2 of 3

4 Place the AO3D1 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ao3d1jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]



block_status0=CCCC block_status1=CCCC

5 Confirm that the AO3D is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3dijklmnopcommand.

# ao3d state #


6 Set the AO3D0 to standby and the AO3D1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ao3djklmnopcommand.

7 Confirm that the AO3D0 is on standby and the AO3D1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3dall command.

# ao3d state #


3.2 AO3D0 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the AO3D0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp ao3d0jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]


line_status0=out_of_service line_status1=use



PRC-091-5290 3 of 3

2 Confirm that the AO3D0 is out of service and the AO3D1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3djklmnopcommand.

# ao3d state #


3 Place the AO3D0 in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp ao3d0jklmnopcommand.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]




4 Confirm that the AO3D0 is on standby and the AO3D1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3dijklmnopcommand.

# ao3d state #


5 Set the AO3D0 to active and the AO3D1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp ao3djklmnopcommand.

6 Confirm that the AO3D0 is active and the AO3D1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp ao3dijklmnopcommand.

# ao3d state #


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5300-05 (E)-02 WCMPD Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5300 1 of 3

WCMPD Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Wideband-Composite (Double) (wcmpd) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all WCMPDs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 WCMPD1 Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and the WCMPD1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.

# wcmpd state #


2 Place the WCMPD1 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp wcmpd1jklmcommand.

3 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and the WCMPD1 is out of service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.

# wcmpd state #



5 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and the WCMPD1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.

# wcmpd state #



PRC-091-5300 2 of 3

6 Set the WCMPD0 to standby and the WCMPD1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp wcmpdjklm command.

7 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is on standby and the WCMPD1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.

# wcmpd state #


3.2 WCMPD0 Unlock and lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Place the WCMPD0 out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp wcmpd0jklmcommand.

2 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is out of service and the WCMPD1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.

# wcmpd state #

dev=wcmpdjklm sys_0=ous sys_1=act md=sgm


4 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is on standby and the WCMPD1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.

# wcmpd state #


5 Set the WCMPD0 to active and the WCMPD1 to standby.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp wcmpdjklm command.

6 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and the WCMPD1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdjklm command.

# wcmpd state #



PRC-091-5300 3 of 3

3.3 Change the Duplicated Equipment between ACT and SBY

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is active and the WCMPD1 is on standby. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.

# wcmpd state #



2 Set the WCMPD0 to standby and the WCMPD1 to active.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the chg eqp wcmpdall command.

# sp result state #

dev=wcmpdjklm rslt=ok

dev=wcmpdjklm rslt=ok

3 Confirm that the WCMPD0 is on standby and the WCMPD1 is active. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpdall command.

# wcmpd state #



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5310-05 (E)-02 WCMPS Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5310 1 of 12

WCMPS Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Wideband-Composite (Single) (wcmps) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all WCMPSs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 WCMPS Unlock and Lock Status Test


STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# wcmps state #

dev=wcmpsijklm sys_0=ins sys_1=--- md=---


2 Confirm that the node-signaling link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnk allopt=dtl command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF

# wcmps for tinf information #



trty=D pcr=DDDD scr=DDDD mbs=DD





PRC-091-5310 2 of 12

• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/MDTI

# wcmp for mdti information #


wcmpsijklm mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=D vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD





3 Block the node-signaling link.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF

Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=all command.

• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/MDTIUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm port_no=all command.

4 Confirm that the node-signaling link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnk allopt=dtl command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF









PRC-091-5310 3 of 12









5 Confirm that the emergency reset link is unlocked. [ ]• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnk lu=ijklmno command.


wcmpsijkl lu=ijklmno vpi=DD vci=DDDDD path_st=use


• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/MDTIUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm command.


wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD path_st=use


6 Block the emergency reset link.• For the CMP

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the blk emlnk lu=ijklmnovpi=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the blk emlnk mdti_no=mdtiijklmport_no=all command.


PRC-091-5310 4 of 12

7 Confirm that the emergency reset link is blocked. [ ]• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF



wcmpsijkl lu=ijklmno vpi=DD vci=DDDDD path_st=blk




wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD path_st=blk


8 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF

lu=ijklmno vpi=DDDD vci=DDDDD wcmpsijkl

n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=use




mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=use


9 Block the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF

Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the blk bacon n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=all command.

• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/MDTIUse the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the blk bacon mdti_no=mdtiijklm port_no=all command.


PRC-091-5310 5 of 12

10 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP is blocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF


n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=blk




mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=blk





vpci=DD status=use

12 Block the circuit resource (VPCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=all command.




vpci=DD status=blk


PRC-091-5310 6 of 12




vpci=DD status=blk





16 Confirm that the circuit resources (VCI) are blocked (lcl_use=blk). [ ]Use the [Iu Interface] window or the view iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD vci=all command.



vpci=DD status=blk




17 Confirm that the CMP is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsijkl command.

# wcmps state #


18 Place the WCMPS out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp wcmpsijkl command.


PRC-091-5310 7 of 12


# wcmps state #

dev=wcmpsijkl sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=---

20 Place the WCMPS in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp wcmpsijklcommand.

21 Confirm that the WCMPS is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp wcmpsijkl command.

# wcmps state #





vpci=DD status=blk








vpci=DD status=blk


PRC-091-5310 8 of 12







vpci=DD status=blk





vpci=DD status=use

28 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP is blocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF


n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=blk




mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=blk


PRC-091-5310 9 of 12


29 Unblock the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF

Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the ublk bacon n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=all command.

• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/MDTIUse the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the ublk bacon mdti_no=mdtiijklm port_no=all command.

30 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon all command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF


n_lu=ijklmno n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=use




mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD n_vpi=DDDD n_vci=DDDDD path_st=use


31 Confirm that the emergency reset link status is blocked. [ ]• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF



wcmpsijkl lu=ijklmno vpi=DD vci=DDDDD path_st=blk




wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD path_st=blk


PRC-091-5310 10 of 12


32 Unblock the emergency reset link.• For the CMP

Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the ublk emlnk lu=ijklmnovpi=all command.

• For the backyard CMPUse the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the ublk emlnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm port_no=all command.

33 Confirm that the Emergency Reset Link is unblocked. [ ]• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF



wcmpsijkl lu=ijklmno vpi=DD vci=DDDDD path_st=use




wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DDDD vci=DDDD path_st=use


34 Confirm that the node-signaling is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnk allopt=dtl command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF








PRC-091-5310 11 of 12










35 Unblock the node-signaling link.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF

Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnklu=ijklmno vpi=all command.

• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/MDTIUse the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm port_no=all command.

36 Confirm that the node-signaling status is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnk allopt=dtl command.• For the WCMPS (Single mode)/TINF












PRC-091-5310 12 of 12







# wcmps state #



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5320-05 (E)-02 MDTI Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5320 1 of 10

MDTI Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the Multiple DTI (MDTI) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the following procedure on all MDTIs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 MDTI Unlock and Lock Status Test


STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# mdti state #



2 Confirm that the node-signaling link is unblocked (lnk_st=use). [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm opt=dtl command.



wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DD vci=DD


ancijklm nodebid=DDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DD lnk_st=use path_st=use



3 Block the node-signaling link.Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the blk eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=all command.


PRC-091-5320 2 of 10

4 Confirm that the node-signaling link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm opt=dtl command.





ancijklm nodebid=DDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DD lnk_st=blk path_st=blk



5 Confirm that the emergency reset link is unlocked. [ ]Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnk lu=ijklmno command.


wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DD vci=DD path_st=use

nbsc=nbscijk pcr=DDD

6 Block the emergency reset link.Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the blk emlnk mdti_no=mdtiijklmgr_no=all command.

7 Confirm that the emergency reset link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnk lu=ijklmno command.


wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DD vci=DD path_st=blk



PRC-091-5320 3 of 10

8 Confirm that the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP and the ATM-SW is blocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon mdti_no=mdtiijklm command.





9 Block the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP and ATM-SW.Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the blk baconmdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=all command.

10 Confirm the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP and ATM-SW is blocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon mdti_no=mdtiijklm command.








vpci=DD status=use

12 Block the circuit resources (VPCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the blk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=all command.


PRC-091-5320 4 of 10




vpci=DD status=blk




vpci=DD status=blk








vpci=DD status=blk





PRC-091-5320 5 of 10

17 Confirm that the MDTI line is unblocked. [ ]Use the [MDTI Line] window or the view mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.




18 Block the MDTI line.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the blk mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.

19 Confirm that the MDTI line is blocked. [ ]Use the [MDTI Line] window or the view mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.



st_card=use st_line=block


# mdti state #


21 Place the MDTI out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp mdtiijklm command.


# mdti state #

dev=mdtiijklm sys_0=ous sys_1=--- md=--- dti=2.0M

23 Place the MDTI in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp mdtiijklmcommand.


PRC-091-5320 6 of 10

24 Confirm that the MDTI is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp mdtiijklm command.

# mdti state #


25 Confirm that the MDTI line is blocked. [ ]Use the [MDTI Line] window or the view mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.



st_card=use st_line=blk

26 Block the MDTI line.Use the [MDTI Line] window or the ulock eqp mdtilu=ijklmn command.

27 Confirm that the MDTI line is unblocked. [ ]Use the [MDTI Line] window or the view mdtil mdtilu=ijklmn command.




28 Confirm that the emergency reset link is blocked. [ ]Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnk lu=ijklmno command.


wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DD vci=DD path_st=blk


29 Unblock the emergency reset link.Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the ublk emlnk mdti_no=mdtiijklmgr_no=all command.


PRC-091-5320 7 of 10

30 Confirm that the emergency reset link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Emergency Reset Link] window or the view emlnk lu=ijklmno command.


wcmpsijkl mdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=DD vpi=DD vci=DD path_st=use


31 Confirm that the node-signaling is blocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm opt=dtl command.





ancijklm nodebid=DDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DD lnk_st=blk path_st=blk



32 Unblock the node-signaling link.Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the ublk eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=all command.

33 Confirm that the node-signaling link is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Node-Synchronization/Signaling Link] window or the view eqplnkmdti_no=mdtiijklm opt=dtl command.





ancijklm nodebid=DDD bsu_kind=D lnk_no=DD lnk_st=use path_st=use




PRC-091-5320 8 of 10

34 Confirm the Cross-Connection for backyard CMP and ATM-SW is blocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon mdti_no=mdtiijklm command.





35 Unblock the Cross-Connection for the backyard CMP and ATM-SW. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the blk baconmdti_no=mdtiijklm gr_no=all command.

36 Confirm the Cross-Connection for backyard CMP and ATM-SW is unblocked. [ ]Use the [Backyard CMP/WCMP ATM-SW Cross-Connection] window or the view bacon mdti_no=mdtiijklm command.








vpci=DD status=blk

38 Unblock the circuit resources (VPCI).Use the [Iu Interface] window or the ublk iu node_kind=nodeb nodebid=DDvpci=DD command.


PRC-091-5320 9 of 10




vpci=DD status=use




vpci=DD status=blk








vpci=DD status=blk





PRC-091-5320 10 of 10


# mdti state #




PRC-091-5330 1 of 3

HSDST Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the High Speed Downlink Shared Channel Trunk (HSDST) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all HSDSTs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 HSDST Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# hsdps state #



2 Confirm that the HSDST is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hsdpsijkl command.


hsdpsijkl sts=CCC



3 Block the HSDST.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the blk atrk hsdpsijkl command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

#..1348004 card_block_complete hsdpsijkl

4 Confirm that the HSDST is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hsdpsijkl command.


hsdpsijkl sts=CCC


PRC-091-5330 2 of 3



5 Place the HSDST out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp hsdpsijkl command.


# hsdps state #


7 Place the HSDST in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp hsdpsijklcommand.

8 Confirm that the HSDST is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hsdpsijkl command.

# hsdps state #


9 Confirm that the HSDST is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hsdpsijkl command.


hsdpsijkl sts=CCC



10 Unblock the HSDST.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk hsdpsijkl command.

#..1348005 card_unblock_complete hsdpsijkl

11 Confirm that the HSDST is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hsdpsijkl command.


hsdpsijkl sts=CCC



PRC-091-5330 3 of 3


A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-5340-01 (E)-01 HSPRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

PRC-091-5340 1 of 3

HSPRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that the High Speed Packet Radio Link Controller (HSPRLC) can be placed in service (unlocked) or out of service (locked).

2. CONDITIONS

• Execute the test for all HSPRLCs.

3. PROCEDURE

3.1 HSPRLC Unlock and Lock Status Test

STEP ACTION/REMARKS


# hprlc state #



2 Confirm that the HSPRLC is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hprlcijklm command.


hprlcijklm st=CCC




#..1348004 card_block_complete hprlcijklm

4 Confirm that the HSPRLC is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hprlcijklm command.


hprlcijklm st=CCC



PRC-091-5340 2 of 3


5 Place the HSPRLC out of service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the lock eqp hprlcijklmcommand.


# hprlc state #


7 Place the HSPRLC in service.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ulock eqp hprlcijklmcommand.

8 Confirm that HSPRLC is in service. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp hprlcijklmcommand.

# hprlc state #


9 Confirm that the HSPRLC is blocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hprlcijklm command.


hprlcijklm st=CCC



10 Unblock the HSPRLC.Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the ublk atrk hprlcijklm command.

#..1348005 card_unblock_complete hprlcijklm

11 Confirm that the HSPRLC is unblocked. [ ]Use the [ATRK Interface] window or the view atrk hprlcijklm command.


hprlcijklm st=CCC


PRC-091-5340 3 of 3



A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630ND-57269-707 (E)-01

SECTION 10SYSTEM RESTART TEST

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-6010-05 (E)-02 Phase 2 Restart Test

PRC-091-6010 1 of 4

Phase 2 Restart Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that Phase 2 restart is successfully completed.

2. PHASE 2 RESTART FROM MASTER CONSOLE (ALL)

2.1 CONDITIONS

• Turn off the alarm display.

• The [Maintenance and Administration Terminal] window is activated.

• CP0 is active and CP1 is on standby in dual mode.

• Execute the test for both systems on the OMP according to the check list.

2.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CP is in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.

2 Confirm that the Error Counter indicates "0". If the Error Counter is not cleared, clear it. [ ]Use the view ercnt command and then the rst ercnt command.

3 Execute the Phase 2 restart for the CP0.Use the [Master Console] window.

4 When the System Restart Executing dialog is displayed on the screen, confirm the equipment number in the following messages on the [Maintenance and Administration Terminal] window.


*.. 0186000 system_initialization_completed


5 Confirm that the [Restart End] (light bulb) icon turns on. [ ]Then the System Restart Executing dialog disappears.

6 After the processor_ph2_initialization_completed was displayed on the screen (about 20 minutes later), confirm the equipment number in the following messages on the [Maintenance and Administration Terminal] window.


PRC-091-6010 2 of 4

#.. 0187031 processor_automatic_ins_start cpDD-cp1

#.. 0187032 processor_automatic_ins_end cpDD-cp1

7 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is on standby in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.

8 Reset the VALP alarm.Use the [Alarm Panel] window or the rst alm cls_alm=all command.Confirm that the following message is output. [ ]

#.. 0224002 alarm_reset term=rs00 usr=swsh

cls_alm=all


3. PHASE 2 RESTART BY COMMAND (INDIVIDUAL)

3.1 CONDITIONS




3.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CP is in dual mode. [ ]Use the view eqp cpall command.


3 Execute the Phase 2 restart for the CP0.Use the rst eqp cpDD ph=ph2 command.


PRC-091-6010 3 of 4








6 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is on standby in dual mode. [ ]Use the view eqp cpall command.



cls_alm=all


9 Set the CP0 to standby and the CP1 to active.Use the chg eqp cpall command.

10 Confirm that the CP0 is on standby and the CP1 is active in dual mode. [ ]Use the view eqp cpall command.

11 Execute the Phase 2 restart for the CP1.Use the rst eqp cpDD ph=ph2 command.


PRC-091-6010 4 of 4











cls_alm=all

16 Confirm that Error Counter indicates "0". If the Error Counter is not cleared, clear it. [ ]Use the view ercnt command and then the rst ercnt command.

A50016-G5000-G213-1-7630PRC-091-6020-05 (E)-02 Phase 2.5 Restart Test

PRC-091-6020 1 of 5

Phase 2.5 Restart Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that Phase 2.5 restart is successfully completed.

2. PHASE 2.5 RESTART FROM MASTER CONSOLE (ALL)

2.1 CONDITIONS





2.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS



3 Execute the Phase 2.5 restart for the CP0.Use the [Master Console] window.




#.. 0187004 processor_ph2.5_initialization_completed cpDD




PRC-091-6020 2 of 5





cls_alm=all



12 Confirm that the CP0 is on standby and the CP1 is active in dual mode. [ ]Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.

13 Execute the Phase 2.5 restart for the CP1.Use the [Master Console] window.









PRC-091-6020 3 of 5




cls_alm=all


3. PHASE 2.5 RESTART BY COMMAND

3.1 CONDITIONS




3.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Confirm that the CP is in dual mode. [ ]Use the view eqp cpall command.


3 Execute the Phase 2.5 restart for the CP0.Use the rst eqp cpDD ph=ph2.5 command.


PRC-091-6020 4 of 5





5 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is out of service. [ ]Use the view eqp cpall command.


7 Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is on standby in dual mode. [ ]Use the view eqp cpall command.



cls_alm=all


10 Set the CP0 to standby and the CP1 to active.Use the chg eqp cpall command.


12 Execute the Phase 2.5 restart for the CP1.Use the rst eqp cpDD ph=ph2.5 command.


PRC-091-6020 5 of 5





14 Confirm that the CP0 is out of service and the CP1 is active. [ ]Use the view eqp cpall command.





cls_alm=all



PRC-091-6030 1 of 9

Phase 3 Restart Test

1. SUMMARY

Confirm that Phase 3 restart is be successfully completed.

2. PHASE 3 RESTART FROM MASTER CONSOLE (ALL): DK00

2.1 CONDITIONS





2.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS











6 Place the CP1 in service.


PRC-091-6030 2 of 9

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cpall command.




cls_alm=all













16 Place the CP0 in service.


PRC-091-6030 3 of 9

Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the ins eqp cpall command.




cls_alm=all


3. PHASE 3 RESTART FROM MASTER CONSOLE (ALL): DK10

3.1 CONDITIONS





3.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS








PRC-091-6030 4 of 9









cls_alm=all











PRC-091-6030 5 of 9







cls_alm=all

4. PHASE 3 RESTART FROM MASTER CONSOLE: DAT05

4.1 CONDITIONS





4.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Insert the DAT (named "Install Kit") into the DAT05 equipment.Confirm that the LED flashes on the DAT05 equipment. [ ]

2 Execute the Phase 3 restart from the DAT.

Execute the Phase 3 restart using the [Master Console] window and specifying "from DAT to OMP".

[Restart Start] (light bulb) icon turns on in the System Restart Executing dialog



PRC-091-6030 6 of 9

logout

Login(00): (Note)

EWS-UX/V(Rel4.2)

unix

:

#





5 Execute the Phase 3 restart from the DK.

Execute the Phase 3 restart using the [Master Console] window and specifying "from the installed DK to all CPs".

Confirm that the following autonomous messages are output to all CPs. [ ]

*cr0187013 phase_initialization_start cpDD

*..0186000 system_initialization_completed

#..0187030 processor_ph3_initialization_completed cpDD

#..0083020 database_load_completed cpDD

#..0083030 database_recover_completed cpDD

Confirm that the [Restart End] (light bulb) icon turns on. [ ]Then the System Restart Executing dialog disappears.


Login:swsh

Password:XXXXXXX

7 Confirm that all CPs are in single mode.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is out of service in the single mode. [ ]


PRC-091-6030 7 of 9


9 Confirm that all CPs are in the dual mode operation.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is standby in the dual mode. [ ]


PRC-091-6030 8 of 9

5. PHASE 3 RESTART FROM MASTER CONSOLE (ALL): DAT15

5.1 CONDITIONS





5.2 PROCEDURE

STEP ACTION/REMARKS

1 Insert the DAT (named "Install Kit") into the DAT15 equipment.Confirm that the LED flashes on the DAT15 equipment. [ ]

2 Execute the Phase 3 restart from the DAT.

Execute the Phase 3 restart using the [Master Console] window and specifying "from DAT to OMP".

[Restart Start] (light bulb) icon turns on in the System Restart Executing dialog


logout

Login(00): (Note)

EWS-UX/V(Rel4.2)

unix

:

#






PRC-091-6030 9 of 9

5 Execute the Phase 3 restart from DK.

Execute the Phase 3 restart using the [Master Console] window and specifying "from the installed DK to all CPs".

Confirm that the following autonomous messages are output to all CPs. [ ]

*cr0187013 phase_initialization_start cpDD

*..0186000 system_initialization_completed

#..0187030 processor_ph3_initialization_completed cpDD

#..0083020 database_load_completed cpDD

#..0083030 database_recover_completed cpDD

Confirm that the [Restart End] (light bulb) icon turns on. [ ]Then the System Restart Executing dialog disappears.


Login:swsh

Password:XXXXXXX

7 Confirm that all CPs are in single mode.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is out of service in the single mode. [ ]


9 Confirm that all CPs are in the dual mode operation.Use the [Logical Equipment Browser] window or the view eqp cpall command.Confirm that the CP0 is active and the CP1 is standby in the dual mode. [ ]

rnccom

Documents

serious injury

alert category

lists alert labels

bodily injury

potential injury

list of alert labelsthe

relevant manual

various safety precautions